Document:

Exhibit 10.11

 Exhibit 10.11 
 CAPE SAVINGS BANK 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 
 BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN 
 Originally Effective as of 
 July 1, 2000 
 As Amended and
Restated Effective December 1, 2006 
 (except as otherwise may be specifically set forth herein) 

 CAPE SAVINGS BANK 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 
 BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Cape Savings Bank (the “Bank”) has adopted the Financial Institutions Thrift Plan (the
“Thrift Plan”) and the Comprehensive Retirement Program of the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund (the “Retirement Fund”) for employees of the Bank; 
 WHEREAS, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) imposes limitations on the amounts that may be contributed by
participants to the Thrift Plan, the amount of contributions that may be made to the Thrift Plan on behalf of the participants, and the benefit that may accrue with respect to participants under the Retirement Fund, including limiting the amount of
compensation that may be considered in determining benefits under these plans; 
 WHEREAS, the Bank implemented this Benefit
Equalization Plan (the “Plan”) originally effective as of July 1, 2000, to provide certain employees with benefits to which they would be entitled under the Thrift Plan and the Retirement Fund, but for the application of the
limitations imposed by the Code; 
 WHEREAS, the Plan is designed to be an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide a
retirement benefit for such Eligible Executives; 
 WHEREAS, Code Section 409A requires that certain types of nonqualified
deferred compensation arrangements comply with its terms or subject the recipients of such compensation to current taxes and penalties; and 
 WHEREAS, the Bank now desires to amend and restate the Plan in order to comply with Code Section 409A, and for certain other purposes. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
 INTRODUCTION 
 The purpose of this Plan is to provide deferred benefits to designated
executives of the Bank that would have been payable under the Retirement Fund and benefits equivalent to the matching contributions and 401(k) contributions that would have been available under the Thrift Plan, but for the limitations imposed by
Code Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k), 401(m), 402(g), and/or 415. 
 This Plan is intended to constitute a nonqualified unfunded deferred
compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid solely out of the general assets of the Bank. No benefits under this Plan shall be payable under the Retirement Fund or
the Thrift Plan. 
  

 2 

 ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS 
 When used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 
 1.01 “Account” means the account
established and maintained hereunder to record the contributions deemed to be made by the Member and the Bank pursuant to Article IV hereof, as well as the increase in value attributable to the earnings thereon, all as described hereafter.

 1.02 “Actuary” means the independent consulting actuary retained by the Bank to assist the Committee in its administration of the Plan.

 1.03 “Bank” means Cape Savings Bank and each subsidiary or affiliated company thereof which participates in the Plan, and any of their
successors and assigns. 
 1.04 “Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated in accordance with Article VI of the Plan to
receive the benefit, if any, payable upon the death of a member of the Plan. 
 1.05 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 1.06 “Change in Control” shall mean (i) a change in the ownership of the Bank, (ii) a change in the effective control of the Bank, or
(iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as described below. 
  

	 	(a)	A change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Proposed Treasury Regulations section
1.409A-3(g)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.

  

	 	(b)	A change in the effective control of the Bank occurs on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Proposed Treasury
Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5)(vi)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank possessing 35 percent or more of the total
voting power of the stock of the Bank, or (ii) a majority of the members of the Bank’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the
Bank’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(ii)” is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank is another corporation. 

  

	 	(c)	 A change in a substantial portion of the Bank’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Proposed
Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by 

  

 3 

	 	 
such person or persons) assets from the Bank that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value
of (i) all of the assets of the Bank, or (ii) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. 

  

	 	(d)	For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Proposed Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5), except to
the extent that such Proposed Regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance. 

 1.07 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended from time to time, including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law. 
 1.08 “Code Limitations” mean the cap on
compensation taken into account by a plan under Code Section 401(a)(17), the limitations on 401(k) contributions necessary to meet the average deferral percentage (“ADP”) test under Code Section 401(k)(3)(A)(ii), the limitations
on employee and matching contributions necessary to meet the average contribution percentage (“ACP”) test under Code Section 401(m), the dollar limitations on elective deferrals under Code Section 402(g), and the overall
limitations on contributions and benefits imposed on qualified plans by Code Section 415, as such provisions may be amended from time to time, and any similar successor provisions of federal tax law. 
 1.09 “Committee” means the appropriate committee or any successor committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan. 
 1.10 “Deferral Agreement” means the agreement under which a Member elected to defer compensation under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.03. 
 1.11 “Eligible Executive” means an employee of the Bank, who has been selected to be an Eligible Executive by the Committee,
and who is or potentially is affected by applicable Code Limitations. 
 1.12 “Member” means any person included in the membership of the Plan as
provided in Article II. 
 1.13 “Separation from Service.” Effective January 1, 2005, “Separation from Service” means the
Member’s death, retirement or termination of employment with the Bank. No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six
months or, if longer, so long as the Member’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract. If the leave exceeds six months and the Member’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then the Member shall be
deemed to have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period. 
 The Member shall not be treated as
having a Separation from Service if the Member provides more than insignificant services for the Bank following the Member’s actual or purported Separation from Service with the Bank. Services shall be treated as not being insignificant if such
services are performed at an annual rate that is at least equal to 20% of the 

  

 4 

 
services rendered by the Member for the Bank, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than
three years, such shorter period of employment) and the annual base compensation for such services is at least equal to 20% of the average base compensation earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than
three years, such shorter period of employment). 
 Where the Member continues to provide services to the Bank, a Separation from Service
will not be deemed to have occurred if the Member is providing services at an annual rate that is 50% or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediate preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than
three years, such lesser period) and the annual base compensation for such services is 50% or more of the annual base compensation earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period). 
 1.14 “Specified Employee.” Effective January 1, 2005, “Specified Employee” means, in the event the Bank or a corporate parent is or becomes a
publicly traded company, a key employee within the meaning of Code Section 416(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof. 
 ARTICLE
II. MEMBERSHIP 
 2.01 Each Eligible Executive of the Bank who is included in the membership of the Retirement Fund shall become a Member of the Plan
on the earliest date on which he, or his Beneficiary, would have been entitled to receive a benefit under Section 3.01 of the Plan had he become a retiree of the Retirement Fund, or died in active service, on such date. 
 2.02 Each Eligible Executive of the Bank who is included in the membership of the Thrift Plan shall become a Member of the Plan on the earliest date on which he is
credited with an elective contribution addition or makeup contribution addition under Section 4.01 or 4.02 of the Plan. 
 2.03 If on the date that
payment of a Member’s benefit from the Retirement Fund commences the Member is not entitled to receive a benefit under Section 3.01 of the Plan, his membership in the Plan shall terminate on such date. 
 2.04 A benefit shall be payable under the Plan to or on account of a Member only upon the Member’s Separation from Service or due to a Change in Control, as
applicable, except for distributions on account of hardship as provided in Section 4.08. 
 ARTICLE III. AMOUNT AND PAYMENT OF
PENSION BENEFITS 
 3.01 The amount, if any, of the Annual Pension Benefit (as defined below) payable to or on account of a Member pursuant to the
Plan shall equal the excess of (i) over (ii), as determined by the Committee, where: 
  

	(i)	is the Annual Pension Benefit (as calculated by the Retirement Fund on the basis of the Regular Form of payment (as defined below)) that would otherwise be payable to or on account
of the Member by the Retirement Fund if its provisions were administered without regard to the Code Limitations, with the inclusion in the definition of “Salary” for the year any amount deferred by a Member under Sections 4.01 and 4.02 of
this Plan; and 

  

 5 

	(ii)	is the Annual Pension Benefit (as calculated by the Retirement Fund on the basis of the Regular Form of payment elected under it by the Member) that is payable to or on account of
the Member by the Retirement Fund. 

 For purposes of this Section 3.01, “Annual Pension Benefit” includes any
“Active Service Death Benefit,” “Retirement Adjustment Payment,” “Annual Increment” and “Single Fixed Percentage Adjustment” (as such terms are defined in the Retirement Fund) which the Bank elected to provide
its employees under the Retirement Fund. For purposes of this Section 3.01, “Salary” is the W-2 earnings paid in the calendar year. 
 3.02
Unless the Member elects a lump sum or an optional annuity form of payment under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.03, the Annual Pension Benefit, if any, payable to or on account of a Member under Section 3.01, shall be converted by the
Actuary and shall be payable to or on account of the Member in the “Regular Form” of payment, utilizing for that purpose the same actuarial factors and assumptions then used by the Retirement Fund to determine the actuarial equivalence.
For purposes of the Plan, the “Regular Form” of payment means an actual pension benefit payable for the Member’s lifetime and the death benefit described in Section 3.04 below. 
 3.03 (a) Notwithstanding the Regular Form of benefit payable under Section 3.02 hereof, a Member may make an election in writing prior to the date distributions
commence under the Plan to have the Annual Pension Benefit, if any, payable to or on account of a Member under Section 3.02 converted by the Actuary to any optional form of life annuity specified on the Form of Payment Election (Exhibit A
hereto). In accordance with Code Section 409A, such election will not be considered a change in the time and form of distribution, provided that such optional form of life annuity is actuarially equivalent applying reasonable actuarial
assumptions in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(ii) to the Regular Form of benefit payable under Section 3.02. 
 (b) A Member may elect in writing to receive his Annual Pension Benefit hereunder in a lump sum rather than in the Regular Form set forth in Section 3.02 or optional annuity form of Annual Pension Benefit set forth in
Section 3.03(a). Commencing January 1, 2005, such election, if made, must be made within thirty (30) days from initial entry into the Plan, or if later, by the later of December 31, 2007 or the last day of the applicable Code
Section 409A “transition period.” Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary a member may make an election to receive a lump sum distribution of his Annual Pension Benefit after the last day of the transition period, provided
that the Member’s election and distribution comply with Section 3.09 hereof. 
 3.04 (a) If a Member who elects an optional form of payment under
Section 3.03(a) dies after the date his benefit payments under the Plan commence, the only death benefit, if any, payable under the Plan in respect of such Member shall be the amount, if any, payable under the optional form of payment which the
Member had elected under the Plan. If a Member who elects an optional form of payment under this Section 3.03 dies before the date his benefit payments under the Plan commence, his election of an optional form of benefit shall be inoperative.

  

 6 

 (b) Upon the death of a Member before the date his benefit payments under the Plan commence, or after the
date his benefit payments commence assuming he had not elected an optional form of payment under Section 3.03 above, a death benefit shall be paid to the Member’s Beneficiary in a lump sum equal to the excess, if any, of (i) over
(ii), where: 
  

	 	(i)	is an amount equal to the commuted value of ten years of the Annual Pension Benefit, if any, payable under Section 3.02 above, and 

  

	 	(ii)	is the sum of the benefit payments, if any, which the Member had received under the Plan. 

 3.05 If a Member to whom an Annual Pension Benefit is payable under this Plan dies before the commencement of the payment of his benefit, the death benefit payable under Section 3.04 shall be payable to the
Member’s Beneficiary as if the payment of the Member’s benefit had commenced on the first day of the month in which his death occurred. 
 3.06
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if on the date payment of a Member’s Annual Pension Benefit under the Plan would otherwise commence, the monthly payment due any Member under the form of payment selected by the
Member would be less than or equal to $100 per month, the Member’s entire Annual Pension Benefit shall automatically be paid in the form of a lump sum settlement. 
 3.07 Effective January 1, 2005, except in cases where the Member properly elects to receive his benefit in
the form of a lump sum payment, all Annual Pension Benefits under the Plan shall be paid in monthly, quarterly, or annual installments, as elected by the Member pursuant to the Form of Payment Election. Benefits shall commence as soon as practicable
following the Member’s Separation from Service, provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, payments made to a Specified Employee on or after
his Separation from Service shall commence on the first day of the seventh (7th) month following the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service. In the case of a delay in payments to a Specified Employee upon his Separation from Service,
the aggregate amount of the first seven payments will be accumulated and paid to the Specified Employee in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh (7th) month following his Separation from Service. 
 3.08 Effective January 1, 2005, notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan
to the contrary, a Member may elect pursuant to the Form of Payment Election that, in the event of a Change in Control of the Bank, the Member’s accrued Annual Pension Benefit shall be paid to the Member in a lump sum at the time of the Change
in Control. Such an election, if made, will be made by a Member not later than December 31, 2007 or the last day of the applicable Code Section 409A “transition period,” or if later, within 30 days after the Member first becomes
eligible to participate in the Plan. In the event a Member does not elect to receive his accrued Annual Pension Benefit in a lump sum at the time of a Change in Control of the Bank, the Member’s Annual Pension Benefit will be paid at the time
and in the form elected by the Member under Section 3.02 or 3.03 hereof upon the Member’s Separation from Service. 
  

 7 

 3.09 Effective January 1, 2005, in the event a Member desires to modify the time or form (e.g. from annuity to lump
sum, or vice versa, but not from one form of life annuity to another form of life annuity which is governed by Section 3.03(a) hereof) of distribution of the Member’s benefits hereunder, the Member may do so by filing a written election
with the Committee, provided that: 
 (a) the subsequent election shall not be effective for at least 12 months after the date on which the
subsequent election was made; 
 (b) except for payments on account of the Member’s death, the first payment for which the subsequent
election is made shall be deferred for a period of not less than 5 years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made; and 
 (c) for payments scheduled to be made on a fixed date or pursuant to a fixed specified schedule, the subsequent election must be made at least 12 months before the date of the first scheduled payment. 
 ARTICLE IV. AMOUNT AND PAYMENT OF THRIFT BENEFITS 
 4.01 The Bank will accept deferrals of compensation from each Member who is an Eligible Executive pursuant to Section 1.11 and who elects to participate in the Plan by filing with the Committee a Deferral Agreement in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B. If the Eligible Executive’s 401(k) account contributions under the Thrift Plan for such year have reached the maximum permitted by the Code Limitations as determined by the Committee, and if the Eligible Executive has
elected to reduce his compensation for the current calendar year in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.03, then such Eligible Executive shall be credited with an elective contribution addition under this Plan equal to the reduction in
his compensation made in accordance with such election; provided, however, that the sum of all such elective contribution additions for an Eligible Executive with respect to any single calendar year shall not be greater than the excess of
(i) over (ii), where 
  

	 	(i)	is an amount equal to the regular account contribution (e.g. all contributions other than elective deferral contributions made by a Member) and maximum 401(k) account contributions
(e.g. a Member’s elective deferral contributions) permitted under the Thrift Plan for the calendar year as determined under the Thrift Plan if its provisions were administered without regard to the Code Limitations and if compensation as
defined in the Thrift Plan included any deferrals made under this Section 4.01 or Section 4.02; and 

  

	 	(ii)	is an amount equal to his regular account and 401(k) account contributions actually made under the Thrift Plan for the calendar year. 

 If the reduction in an Eligible Executive’s compensation under such election is determined to exceed the maximum allowable elective contribution
additions for such year, the excess and any related earnings credited under Section 4.05 shall be paid to such Eligible Executive within the first two and one-half months of the succeeding calendar year. 
  

 8 

 4.02 If a portion of an Eligible Executive’s regular account contribution or 401(k) account contribution to the
Thrift Plan for the preceding year is returned to the Eligible Executive after the end of such preceding year on account of the Code Limitations, and if the Eligible Executive has elected in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.03 to
reduce his compensation for the current year by an amount up to the sum of such Thrift Plan contributions and related earnings returned to him for the preceding year, then such Eligible Executive shall be credited with a makeup contribution addition
under this Plan equal to the reduction in his compensation made in accordance with such election. 
 4.03 A Member’s elections under Sections 4.01 and
4.02 shall be made in accordance with the following provisions: 
 The Committee shall provide each Member with a Deferral Agreement at least 30 days prior
to the commencement of the calendar year in which compensation is to be earned and paid. Each Member shall execute and deliver the Deferral Agreement to the Committee no later than the last business day preceding the calendar year in which
compensation is to be earned and paid. 
 Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Executive who becomes eligible to participate during a calendar year may
execute a Deferral Agreement with respect to his elections under Section 4.01 and 4.02 within 30 days of the date he becomes eligible to participate. The Deferral Agreement shall only apply to compensation earned by the Member in the payroll
periods beginning on or after the date such Agreement is submitted to the Committee. 
 The Deferral Agreement shall provide for separate elections with
respect to elective contribution additions under Section 4.01 and makeup contribution additions under Section 4.02. An Eligible Executive’s elections on his Deferral Agreement of the rates at which he authorizes deferrals under
Sections 4.01 and 4.02 shall be irrevocable for the calendar year for which the deferral is elected. 
 4.04 For each elective contribution addition credited
to a Member under Section 4.01, such Member shall also be credited with a matching contribution addition under this Plan equal to the Matching contribution, if any, that would be credited under the Thrift Plan with respect to such amount if
contributed to the Thrift Plan, determined as if the provisions of the Thrift Plan were administered without regard to the Code Limitations and determined after taking into account the Member’s actual contributions to and actual matching
contributions under the Thrift Plan. For each makeup contribution addition credited to the Member under Section 4.02, such Member shall also be credited with a matching contribution addition under this Plan equal to the matching contribution,
if any, that was lost under the Thrift Plan with respect to the contributions returned for the preceding calendar year. 
 4.05 The Committee shall maintain
an Account on the books and records of the Bank for each Eligible Executive who is a Member by reason of amounts credited under Sections 4.01, 4.02, and 4.04. The elective contribution additions, makeup contribution additions and matching
contribution additions of a Member under Sections 4.01, 4.02, and 4.04 shall be credited to the Member’s Account as soon as practical after the date that the compensation reduced under Section 4.01 and 4.02 would otherwise have been paid
to such Member. In addition, the Account of a Member shall be credited from time to time with interest at a rate substantially 

  

 9 

 
equivalent to the net rate of return earned on the Member’s account in the Thrift Plan. In lieu of such rate, the Committee may designate, from time to
time, such other indices of investment performance or investment funds as the measure of investment performance under this Section. A Member shall at all times be 100% vested in his Account. 
 4.06 (a) Effective January 1, 2005, the balance credited to a Member’s Account shall be paid to him in a lump sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable
after his Separation from Service, provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, payments made to a Specified Employee on or after his Separation
from Service shall be made on the first day of the seventh (7th) month following the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service. 
 (b) Effective January 1, 2005, notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, a Member may elect pursuant to the Form of Payment Election that, in the event of a Change in Control of the Bank, the Member’s
Account shall be paid to the Member in a lump sum at the time of the Change in Control. Such an election, if made, will be made by a Member not later than December 31, 2007 or the last day of the applicable Code Section 409A
“transition period,” or if later, within 30 days after the Member first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. In the event a Member does not elect to receive his Account in a lump sum at the time of a Change in Control of the Bank,
the Member’s Account will be paid to him at the time and in the manner as provided in Section 4.06(a) hereof. 
 4.07 If a Member dies prior to
receiving the balance credited to his Account under Section 4.06 above, the balance in his Account shall be paid to his Beneficiary in a lump sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable after his death. 
 4.08 While employed by the Bank, a Member may, in the event of an unforeseeable emergency, request a withdrawal from his Account. The request shall be made in a time and
manner determined by the Committee, and shall be for an amount not greater that the lesser of (i) the amount required to meet the financial hardship, or (ii) the amount of his Account. For purposes of this Section 4.08, an
unforeseeable emergency means a severe financial hardship resulting from a sudden or unexpected illness or accident of the Member, the Member’s spouse or one of his dependents (as defined in Code Section 152), loss of the Member’s
property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary and unforeseen circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Member’s control and which hardship the Member is unable to satisfy with funds reasonably available from other
sources. 
 4.09 Effective January 1, 2005, any Member may elect, at least 30 days prior to the first day of any plan year, not to participate in the
Plan by submitting a Notice of Adjustment of Deferral (Exhibit C hereto) to the Board pursuant to which the Member elects to cease deferring receipt of any portion of his compensation under Sections 4.01 or 4.02. Such election, if made, shall be
effective as of the first day of the next succeeding plan year. An Eligible Executive who has filed a Notice of Adjustment of Deferral pursuant to which he elects to cease deferring receipt of any portion of his compensation may thereafter again
file a Notice of Adjustment of Deferral to defer receipt of his compensation in accordance with Sections 4.01 or 4.02, but only with respect to compensation to be earned following submission of such Notice of Adjustment of Deferral. 
  

 10 

 ARTICLE V. SOURCE OF PAYMENT 
 5.01 All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be paid from, and shall only be a general claim upon, the general assets of the Bank, notwithstanding that the Bank, in its discretion, may establish a bookkeeping
reserve or a grantor trust (as such term is used in Sections 671 through 677 of the Code) to reflect or to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan with respect to any Member or prospective Member or Beneficiary. No benefit whatever provided
by the Plan shall be payable from the assets of the Retirement Fund or the Thrift Plan. 
 5.02 No Member shall have any right, title or interest whatever in
or to any investments which the Bank may make or any specific assets which the Bank may reserve to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Bank under the Plan,
such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank. 
 ARTICLE VI. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

 6.01 For purposes of benefits payable under Article III or Article IV hereof, each Member of the Plan may file with the Committee a written
Beneficiary Designation Form (Exhibit D hereto) of one or more persons as the Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon the Member’s death. The Member may, from time to time, revoke or change
his Beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or
revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Member’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. 
 6.02 If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of a Member’s death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Member, or if, in the opinion of the Committee, such designation conflicts with
applicable law, the Member’s estate shall be deemed to have been designated his Beneficiary and shall be paid the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon the Member’s death. If the Committee is in doubt as to the right of any person to
receive such amount, the Committee may retain such amount, without liability for any interest thereon, until the rights thereto are determined, or the Committee may pay such amount into any court of appropriate jurisdiction and such payment shall be
a complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and the Bank therefor. 
 ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 

7.01 The Board of Directors has delegated to the Committee, subject to those powers which the Board has reserved as described in Article VIII below, general authority
over and responsibility for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. The Committee shall have full power and discretionary authority to interpret and construe the Plan, to make all determinations considered necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan and any trust referred to in Article V above, and the calculation of the amount of benefits payable thereunder, and to review claims for benefits under the Plan. The Committee’s interpretations and constructions of
the Plan and its decisions or actions thereunder shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes. 
  

 11 

 7.02 The Committee shall arrange for the engagement of the Actuary, and if the Committee deems it advisable, it shall
arrange for the engagement of legal counsel and certified public accountants (who may be actuary, counsel or accountants for the Bank), and other consultants, and make use of agents and clerical or other personnel, for purposes of the Plan. The
Committee may rely upon the written opinions of such Actuary, counsel, accountants and consultants, and upon any information supplied by the Retirement Fund or the Thrift Plan for purposes of Sections 3.01, 4.01 and 4.02 of the Plan, and delegate to
any agent or to any sub-committee or Committee member its authority to perform any act hereunder, including without limitations those matters involving the exercise of discretion; provided, however, that such delegation shall be subject to
revocation at any time at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee shall report to the Board of Directors, or to a committee designated by the Board of Directors, at such intervals as shall be specified by the Board of Directors or such
designated committee, with regard to the matters for which it is responsible under the Plan. 
 7.03 No Committee member shall be entitled to act on or
decide any matters relating solely to such member or any of his rights or benefits under the Plan. 
 7.04 No Committee member shall receive any special
compensation for serving in such capacity but shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. No bond or other security need be required of the Committee or any member thereof in any jurisdiction. 
 7.05 Any action of the Committee may be taken upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or, at the direction of its Chairman, without a meeting
by mail or telephone, provided that all of the Committee members are informed in writing of the vote. 
 7.06 All claims for benefits under the Plan shall be
submitted in writing to the Chairman of the Committee. Written notice of the decision on each such claim shall be furnished with reasonable promptness to the Member or his Beneficiary (the “claimant”). The claimant may request a review by
the Committee of any decision denying the claim in whole or in part. Such request shall be made in writing and filed with the Committee within 30 days of such denial. A request for review shall contain all additional information which the claimant
wishes the Committee to consider. The Committee may hold any hearing or conduct any independent investigation which it deems desirable to render its decision, and the decision on review shall be made as soon as feasible after the Committee’s
receipt of the request for review. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the claimant. For all purposes under the Plan, such decisions on claims (where no review is requested) and decisions on review (where review is
requested) shall be final, binding and conclusive on all interested persons as to all matters relating to the Plan. 
 7.07 All expenses incurred by the
Committee in its administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Bank. 
  

 12 

 ARTICLE VIII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 
 8.01 Effective January 1, 2005, subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Board of Directors of the Bank may amend, suspend or terminate, in whole
or in part, the Plan without the consent of the Committee, any Member, Beneficiary or other person. In the event of complete termination of the Plan, the Plan shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay out to the Member his benefit as if that
Member had terminated service as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Plan shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions: 
 (a) The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code section 331, or with approval of a
bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Member’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the
calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable. 
 (b) The Board may terminate the Plan within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Plan
shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Member and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation
deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements. 
 (c) The Board may
terminate the Plan provided that (i) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Proposed Treasury regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if the Member covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those
other arrangements are also terminated; (ii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement;
(iii) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (iv) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Proposed Treasury regulations section
1.409A-1(c) if the Member participated in both arrangements, at any time within five years following the date of termination of the arrangement. 
 ARTICLE IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS 
 9.01 The Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and
assigns and the Members, and the successors, assigns, designees and estates of the Members. The Plan shall also be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor bank or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business
of the Bank, but nothing in the Plan shall preclude the Bank from merging or consolidating into or with, or transferring all or substantially all of its assets to, another bank or organization which assumes the Plan and all obligations of the Bank
hereunder. The Bank agrees that it will make appropriate provision for the preservation of the rights of Members under the Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into to effect any merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of
assets. 
  

 13 

 9.02 Effective January 1, 2005, the Plan is intended to be a non-qualified deferred compensation plan described in
Section 409A of the Code. The Plan shall be operated, administered and construed to give effect to such intent. To the extent that a provision of the Plan fails to comply with Code Section 409A and a construction consistent with Code
Section 409A is not possible, such provision shall be void ab initio. In addition, the Plan shall be subject to amendment, with or without advance notice to interested parties, and on a prospective or retroactive basis,
including but not limited to amendment in a manner that adversely affects the rights of participants and other interested parties, to the extent necessary to effect such compliance. 
 9.03 Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as to a Member the right to be retained in the employ of the Bank or as affecting the right of the Bank to dismiss any Member from its employ.

 9.04 The Bank shall withhold or cause or be withheld from all benefits payable under the Plan all federal, state, local or other taxes required by
applicable law to be withheld with respect to such payments. 
 9.05 No right or interest of a Member under the Plan may be assigned, sold, encumbered,
transferred or otherwise disposed of and any attempted disposition of such right or interest shall be null and void. Further, no right or interest of a Member may be reached by any creditor of the Member. 
 9.06 If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is or was payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or
is a minor, or has died, then any payment, or any part thereof, due to such person or his estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative), may, if the Committee is so inclined, be paid to such
person’s spouse, child or other relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment
shall be in complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and the Bank therefor. 
 9.07 All elections, designations, requests, notices, instructions, and
other communications from a Member, Beneficiary or other person to the Committee required or permitted under the Plan shall be in such form as is prescribed from time to time by the Committee and shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered to
such location as shall be specified by the Committee and shall be deemed to have been given and delivered only upon actual receipt thereof at such location. 
 9.08 The benefits payable under the Plan shall be in addition to all other benefits provided for employees of the Bank and shall not be deemed salary or other compensation by the Bank for the purpose of computing benefits to which he may be
entitled under any other plan or arrangement of the Bank. 
 9.09 No Committee member shall be personally liable by reason of any instrument executed by him
or on his behalf, or action taken by him, in his capacity as a Committee member nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith. Consistent with applicable law, regulation or 

  

 14 

 
governing bylaw of the Bank, the Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Retirement Fund or the Thrift Plan and each Committee member and each employee,
officer or director of the Bank or the Retirement Fund or Thrift Plan, to whom any duty, power, function or action in respect of the Plan may be delegated or assigned, or from whom any information is requested for Plan purposes, against any cost or
expense (including fees of legal counsel) and liability (including any sum paid in settlement or a claim or legal action with the approval of the Bank) arising out of anything done or omitted to be done in connection with the Plan, unless arising
out of such person’s fraud or bad faith. 
 9.10 As used in the Plan, the masculine gender shall be deemed to refer to the feminine, and the singular
person shall be deemed to refer to the plural, wherever appropriate. 
 9.11 The captions preceding the Sections of the Plan have been inserted solely as a
maker of convenience and shall not in any manner define or limit the scope or intent of any provisions of the Plan. 
 9.12 The Plan shall be construed
according to the laws of the State of New Jersey in effect from time to time. 
 9.13 The original effective date of the Plan was July 1, 2000. The Plan
has been amended and restated effective as of December 1, 2006, except as otherwise set forth herein. 
 [signature page follows]

  

 15 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPE SAVINGS BANK has caused this Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan to
be executed effective as of _____ day of ________, 2006. 
  

			
	CAPE SAVINGS BANK
		
	By:	 	 
	Chairman of the Board

  

	
	Attest:
	
	  
	Secretary

  

 16 

 Exhibit A 
 CAPE SAVINGS BANK 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 
 BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN 
 Form of Payment Election(1) 
 In the event I am entitled to benefits under the Cape Savings Bank Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan (“Plan”) I hereby elect the following: 
  

	I.	With respect to my Annual Pension Benefit under Article III of the Plan: 

  

	 	A.	Separation from Service (due to any reason other than death) (select either 1 or 2 below) 

  

	 	1.	Regular Form - I elect to receive my annual pension benefit as follows: 

  

	 	 ̈	Straight Life Annuity for Member 

  

	 	2.	Optional Form of Payment of Annual Pension Benefit ** 

 I have decided to have my annual pension benefit paid in a manner other than in the form of a straight life annuity payable in monthly, quarterly or annual installments with 120 payments guaranteed. Accordingly, I
elect to have my annual pension benefit distributed as follows: 
  

	 	 ̈	Lump Sum 

  

	 	 ̈	A 100% joint and survivor annuity; 

  

	 	 ̈	A 50% joint and survivor annuity; or 

  

	 	 ̈	Other form of annuity, as follows:
                                        
                                        
                                        
             

  

	**	Any optional form of payment selected by the Member must be the actuarial equivalent of the “Regular Form” of benefit payable under Section 3.02 of the Plan applying
reasonable actuarial assumptions in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(ii). A Member may make a one-time election of an optional form of life annuity at any time prior to commencement of payment of such
Member’s annual pension benefit in accordance with Section 3.03(a) of the Plan. Any change in payment from a life annuity to a lump sum payment, or from a lump sum to a life annuity, must comply with Section 3.09 of the Plan.

  

	 	3.	Payment Frequency 

 In the event I have
elected to receive my Annual Pension Benefit in a form other than a lump sum distribution, I elect to receive my annuity payments in the following frequency: 
  

	 	 ̈	Payable in equal monthly installments 

  

	 	 ̈	Payable in equal quarterly installments 

  

	 	 ̈	Payable in equal annual installments 

	 	B.	Optional Change in Control Payment Election: 

 In the event of a Change in Control of the Bank, my Annual Pension Benefit will be paid to me in the Regular Form in accordance with Section 3.02 of the Plan, unless I elect otherwise, as follows: 
  

			
	 Benefit to be paid: (check one)
	  	  ̈        Regular Form

		
		  	  ̈        Lump Sum

 II. Thrift Plan Benefit. With respect to my Thrift Plan benefit payable under Article IV of the Plan, I
understand and acknowledge that such benefits will be paid to me or my Beneficiary in a single lump sum distribution. 
 III. Death Benefits.
With respect to death benefits, I understand that if I should die (i) before the date benefits commence under the Plan, or (ii) after the date benefits commence under the Plan, provided I have not selected an optional form of distribution
of my Annual Pension Benefit in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Plan, my Beneficiary will receive a lump sum death benefit equal to the commuted value of ten years of Annual Pension Benefit payable under Section 3.02 of the Plan, less
the sum of payments, if any, that I have received under the Plan. 
 I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Plan, and I understand that all of the
benefits to which I, or my beneficiary(ies) may be entitled are subject to the terms and conditions of Cape Savings Bank Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan, including that such benefits are general assets of the Bank and are subject to
the claims of general creditors and that the Bank has no liability with respect to investments of such amounts except that arising out of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. I understand that any and all elections I make herein are
irrevocable. 
  

									
	Date:	 	 	 		 	Member’s Signature:	 	 

  

	 (1)
	 For members participating in 2007, except as provided above regarding changes
to optional forms of annuity, this Form of Payment Election must be completed prior to December 31, 2007, or if later, prior to the last day of the transition period under Code Section 409A. For members who become eligible after 2007, this
form must be completed upon initial enrollment in the Plan. 

 Exhibit B 
 CAPE SAVINGS BANK 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 
 BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN 
 DEFERRAL AGREEMENT 
 I,
                                        
            , and CAPE SAVINGS BANK hereby agree for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Cape Savings Bank Amended
and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan (the “Plan”), initially effective as of July 1, 2000, and as amended and restated effective
                                     200__, in order to
conform the Plan to the requirements of Code Section 409A and for certain other purposes, and do further agree to the terms and conditions thereof. 
 ELECTION TO DEFER 
 Subject to the terms and conditions of Sections 4.01 and 4.02 of the Plan, I understand
that I may make an irrevocable election to defer the receipt of compensation due to me during calendar year 200__. 
 Elective Deferral Contributions
Pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan 
 Pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan, I hereby make an irrevocable election to defer
                    % of my compensation per month. I understand that once elected, I may not change my election to defer such compensation
due to me during calendar year 200__. Such deferrals shall commence on
                                     200__, and shall renew
annually unless changed at least thirty (30) days prior to the first day of any plan year under the Plan. Any permissible changes to the amount of my deferral under the Plan shall be effective as of the next January 1. I understand and
agree that my deferral election applies only to compensation attributable to services I have not yet performed. 
 Deferral of Makeup Contributions
Pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Plan 
 Pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Plan, in the event my contributions to the Thrift Plan (and any earnings
thereon) for a previous year are returned to me by the Bank because such contributions exceeded the maximum allowable contribution additions for such year, I hereby elect to defer         % of such
returned amount under the Plan. The Bank will credit such makeup contributions to my Account under the Plan as soon as reasonably practicable following the determination that my elective deferral contributions exceeded the maximum allowable
contribution pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan. 
 I understand that my election to defer shall continue for subsequent years in accordance with this
Deferral Agreement until such time as I submit a Notice of Adjustment of Deferral to the Board at least thirty (30) days prior to the first day of any plan year under the Plan. Such adjustment will only take effect January 1 of the
calendar year following the year in which it is executed. A Notice of Adjustment of Deferral can be used to adjust the amount of compensation to be deferred or to discontinue deferrals altogether. 
 This Deferral Agreement shall become effective upon execution below by both the Member and a duly authorized officer of the Bank. 
 Dated this              day of
                                , 200__. 
  

					
	  	 		 	  
	(Member)	 		 	(Bank duly authorized Officer)

 Exhibit C 
 CAPE SAVINGS BANK 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 
 BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN 
 NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT OF DEFERRAL 
  

			
	To:	  	Cape Savings Bank
	Attention:	  	Administrator, Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan

 I hereby give notice of my election to adjust the amount of my compensation deferral in accordance
with my Deferral Agreement, dated the              day of
                        , 20__. This notice is submitted at least thirty (30) days prior to commencement of the next
plan year, and shall become effective January 1st, as specified below. 
  

					
	Adjust elective deferral contributions as of:	 		  	January 1st, 20__
			
	Previous Deferral Amount	 		  	__________ per month
	New Deferral Amount	 		  	__________ per month
		 		  	(to discontinue elective deferral, enter $0)
			
	Adjust makeup contributions as of:	 		  	January 1st, 20__
			
	Previous Deferral Amount	 		  	__________ per month
	New Deferral Amount	 		  	__________ per month
		 		  	(to discontinue makeup deferrals, enter $0)

  

	
	  
	MEMBER
	
	  
	DATE

			
	
	ACKNOWLEDGED
		
	BY:	 	 

			
		
	TITLE:	 	 

			
	
	 
	DATEIndenture, dated July 10, 2007

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP., 
 as Issuer 
 SENIOR FLOATING RATE TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2012 
  

 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of July 10, 2007 
  

 WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., 
 as Trustee 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	1	  	
				
	 SECTION 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  		  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitions
	  		  	32
	 SECTION 1.03.
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  		  	34
	 SECTION 1.04.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  		  	34
			
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	35	  	
				
	 SECTION 2.01.
	 	 Amount of Notes
	  		  	35
	 SECTION 2.02.
	 	 Form and Dating
	  		  	36
	 SECTION 2.03.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  		  	36
	 SECTION 2.04.
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  		  	37
	 SECTION 2.05.
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  		  	38
	 SECTION 2.06.
	 	 Holder Lists
	  		  	38
	 SECTION 2.07.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  		  	38
	 SECTION 2.08.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  		  	39
	 SECTION 2.09.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  		  	39
	 SECTION 2.10.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  		  	40
	 SECTION 2.11.
	 	 Cancellation
	  		  	40
	 SECTION 2.12.
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  		  	40
	 SECTION 2.13.
	 	 CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.
	  		  	40
	 SECTION 2.14.
	 	 Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes
	  		  	40
	 SECTION 2.15.
	 	 Issuance of PIK Notes
	  		  	41
			
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
	  	41	  	
				
	 SECTION 3.01.
	 	 Redemption
	  		  	41
	 SECTION 3.02.
	 	 Applicability of Article
	  		  	41
	 SECTION 3.03.
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  		  	41
	 SECTION 3.04.
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  		  	42
	 SECTION 3.05.
	 	 Notice of Optional Redemption
	  		  	42
	 SECTION 3.06.
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  		  	43
	 SECTION 3.07.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  		  	43
	 SECTION 3.08.
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  		  	43
			
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	43	  	
				
	 SECTION 4.01.
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  		  	43
	 SECTION 4.02.
	 	 Reports and Other Information
	  		  	44

  

 i 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 4.03.
	 	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
	  		  	45
	 SECTION 4.04.
	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  		  	51
	 SECTION 4.05.
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  		  	59
	 SECTION 4.06.
	 	 Asset Sales
	  		  	61
	 SECTION 4.07.
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  		  	64
	 SECTION 4.08.
	 	 Change of Control
	  		  	67
	 SECTION 4.09.
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  		  	68
	 SECTION 4.10.
	 	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  		  	69
	 SECTION 4.11.
	 	 Future Guarantors
	  		  	69
	 SECTION 4.12.
	 	 Liens
	  		  	69
	 SECTION 4.13.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  		  	69
	 SECTION 4.14.
	 	 Repurchase Offer upon Qualified Equity Issuances
	  		  	70
			
	 ARTICLE 5 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
	  	72	  	
				
	 SECTION 5.01.
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	  		  	72
			
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	73	  	
				
	 SECTION 6.01.
	 	 Events of Default
	  		  	73
	 SECTION 6.02.
	 	 Acceleration
	  		  	75
	 SECTION 6.03.
	 	 Other Remedies
	  		  	75
	 SECTION 6.04.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  		  	75
	 SECTION 6.05.
	 	 Control by Majority
	  		  	75
	 SECTION 6.06.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  		  	76
	 SECTION 6.07.
	 	 Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment
	  		  	76
	 SECTION 6.08.
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  		  	76
	 SECTION 6.09.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  		  	76
	 SECTION 6.10.
	 	 Priorities
	  		  	77
	 SECTION 6.11.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  		  	77
	 SECTION 6.12.
	 	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  		  	77
			
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	78	  	
				
	 SECTION 7.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  		  	78
	 SECTION 7.02.
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  		  	79
	 SECTION 7.03.
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  		  	80
	 SECTION 7.04.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  		  	80
	 SECTION 7.05.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  		  	80
	 SECTION 7.06.
	 	 Reports by Trustee to the Holders
	  		  	80
	 SECTION 7.07.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  		  	81
	 SECTION 7.08.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  		  	81
	 SECTION 7.09.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  		  	82
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  		  	83
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
	  		  	83

  

 ii 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page
	 ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	  	83	  	
				
	 SECTION 8.01.
	 	 Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
	  		  	83
	 SECTION 8.02.
	 	 Conditions to Defeasance
	  		  	84
	 SECTION 8.03.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  		  	86
	 SECTION 8.04.
	 	 Repayment to the Company
	  		  	86
	 SECTION 8.05.
	 	 Indemnity for Government Obligations
	  		  	86
	 SECTION 8.06.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  		  	86
			
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	87	  	
				
	 SECTION 9.01.
	 	 Without Consent of the Holders
	  		  	87
	 SECTION 9.02.
	 	 With Consent of the Holders
	  		  	88
	 SECTION 9.03.
	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  		  	89
	 SECTION 9.04.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  		  	89
	 SECTION 9.05.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  		  	89
	 SECTION 9.06.
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  		  	89
	 SECTION 9.07.
	 	 Payment for Consent
	  		  	90
	 SECTION 9.08.
	 	 Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount
	  		  	90
			
	 ARTICLE 10 [RESERVED]
	  	90	  	
			
	 ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	90	  	
				
	 SECTION 11.01.
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  		  	90
	 SECTION 11.02.
	 	 Notices
	  		  	91
	 SECTION 11.03.
	 	 Communication by the Holders with Other Holders
	  		  	91
	 SECTION 11.04.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  		  	91
	 SECTION 11.05.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  		  	92
	 SECTION 11.06.
	 	 When Notes Disregarded
	  		  	92
	 SECTION 11.07.
	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  		  	92
	 SECTION 11.08.
	 	 Legal Holidays
	  		  	92
	 SECTION 11.09.
	 	 GOVERNING LAW
	  		  	92
	 SECTION 11.10.
	 	 No Recourse Against Others
	  		  	93
	 SECTION 11.11.
	 	 Successors
	  		  	93
	 SECTION 11.12.
	 	 Multiple Originals
	  		  	93
	 SECTION 11.13.
	 	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  		  	93
	 SECTION 11.14.
	 	 Indenture Controls
	  		  	93
	 SECTION 11.15.
	 	 Severability
	  		  	93
	 SECTION 11.16.
	 	 Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions
	  		  	93
			
	Appendix A – Rule 144A/Regulation S/IAI Appendix	  		  	
			
	 Exhibit 1 – Form of Initial Note
	  		  	
	 Exhibit A – Form of Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note
	  		  	

  

 iii 

					
	 Exhibit 2 – Form of Letter of Representation
	  	
		
	Appendix B – Form of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors	  	

  
  
  

 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

					
	 TIA
Section
	  	 	  	Indenture
Section
	310	  	(a)(1)	  	7.10
		  	(a)(2)	  	7.10
		  	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
		  	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)	  	7.08; 7.10
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	311	  	(a)	  	7.11
		  	(b)	  	7.11
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	312	  	(a)	  	2.06
		  	(b)	  	11.03
		  	(c)	  	11.03
	313	  	(a)	  	7.06
		  	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)(2)	  	7.06
		  	(c)	  	7.06
		  	(d)	  	7.06
	314	  	(a)	  	4.02; 4.09
		  	(b)	  	N.A.
		  	(c)(1)	  	11.04
		  	(c)(2)	  	11.04
		  	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
		  	(d)	  	N.A.
		  	(e)	  	11.05
		  	(f)	  	4.10
	315	  	(a)	  	7.01
		  	(b)	  	7.05
		  	(c)	  	7.01
		  	(d)	  	7.01
		  	(e)	  	6.11
	316	  	(a) (last sentence)	  	11.06
		  	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
		  	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
		  	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)	  	6.07
	317	  	(a)(1)	  	6.08
		  	(a)(2)	  	6.09
		  	(b)	  	2.05
	318	  	(a)	  	11.01

 N.A. Means Not Applicable. 
  

	Note:	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture 

  

 v 

 INDENTURE dated as of July 10, 2007 between Metals USA Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

 “2006 Notes” means the $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Company’s Senior Floating Rate Toggle
Notes due 2012 issued under an indenture dated as of December 22, 2006 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee. 
 “2006 Recapitalization” means, collectively, (a) the declaration and/or payment of a dividend or distribution (including by way of any purchase, redemption, repurchase, or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Company) by
the Company to holders of its Capital Stock with the net proceeds from the offering of the 2006 Notes and related transactions, in each case as described in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, (b) the entry into the indenture governing
the 2006 Notes, and the offer, issuance and sale of the 2006 Notes, and (c) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing). 
 “2007 Recapitalization” means (a) the redemption of the 2006 Notes with the net proceeds of the offering of the Notes as described in or
contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, (b) the declaration and/or payment of a dividend or distribution (including by way of any purchase, redemption, repurchase, or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Company) by the Company to holders
of its Capital Stock with the net proceeds from the offering of the Notes and related transactions, in each case as described in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, (c) the making of a cash payment (partially in lieu of the dividend or
distribution referred to in clause (b) above) to the Company’s stock option holders, which include certain members of the Company’s management, as described in or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum, (d) the entry into the
Indenture, and the offer, issuance and sale of the Notes, (e) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing). 
 “ABL Collateral” means the assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by Metals USA or any Subsidiary of Metals USA that
is a guarantor of the Metals USA Notes that secures the ABL Facility. 
 “ABL Facility” means the credit agreement among Flag
Intermediate, Metals USA, certain Subsidiaries of Metals USA, the financial institutions named therein, Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent, dated as of the Reference Date, as amended, extended,
renewed, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original agents, lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any

  

 1 

 
agreement or indenture or multiple agreements and indentures extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any
portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the
maturity thereof and adding Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, issuers or guarantors thereunder. 
 “Acquired
Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the
time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 
 (2)
Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized
to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

 “Additional Notes” means the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to
the Issue Date, other than PIK Notes issued as a result of a PIK Payment, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes. 
 “Adjusted
EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) Consolidated Taxes; plus 
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense; provided, however, such amount will be included in Adjusted EBITDA notwithstanding that such amount was not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 (3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus 
 (4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor or its predecessor
(or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period; provided, however, that such amount shall not exceed in any four-quarter period commencing after September 30, 2005 the amount determined in
accordance with Section 4.07(b)(iii); plus 
 (5) facility closure and severance costs and charges; plus 

(6) impairment charges, including the write-down of Investments; plus 
 (7) non-operating expenses; plus 
 (8) restructuring expenses and charges; 

  

 2 

 
less, without duplication, 
 (9) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period, including the amortization of
employee benefit plan prior service costs); minus 
 (10) non-operating income. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used
with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than directors’ or other legally required qualifying
shares) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 in each case other than: 
 (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (b) disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or other property or other disposals of equipment or other property in
connection with reinvestment in or replacement of equipment or other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (c) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (d) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04; 
 (e) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary, which assets 

  

 3 

 
or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $4.5 million; provided, however, that the aggregate Fair
Market Value of all dispositions made pursuant to this clause (e) shall not exceed $16.0 million; 
 (f) any
disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $750,000; 
 (g) any disposition of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including by way of merger; 
 (h) any exchange of assets for assets related to a Similar Business to the extent of comparable or better market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in
excess of (1) $3.5 million shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, and (2) $10.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 (i) any disposition of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a
Lien; 
 (j) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 (k) any disposition of ABL Collateral; 
 (l) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (m) any disposition of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables
Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions; 
 (n) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables
Financing; 
 (o) any agreement or arrangement involving, relating to or otherwise facilitating, (i) requirements
contracts, (ii) tolling arrangements or (iii) the reservation or presale of production capacity of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by one or more third parties; 
 (p) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries trademarks, patents,
trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property and technology to the extent that such sale, license or sublicense does not prohibit the licensor from using such trademark, patent, trade secret, know-how, technology or other intellectual
property; 
  

 4 

 (q) any Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiaries receives with respect to such transaction aggregate consideration of less than $10.0 million; and 
 (r) any other disposition of property or assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the aggregate Fair Market Value of all property and assets disposed of pursuant to this
clause (r) shall be less than $16.5 million. 
 For purposes of this definition of “Asset Sale,” a transaction that would
otherwise be an Asset Sale need not be excluded pursuant solely to one clause above and may be divided among the clauses above as well as excluded in part pursuant to one or more of such clauses and treated in part as an Asset Sale under
Section 4.06. 
 “Asset Sale Cash Equivalents” means, in connection with an Asset Sale by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries: 
 (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance
sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, the Metals USA Notes or guarantees thereof, as the case may be) that are assumed
by the transferee of any assets pursuant to an Asset Sale; 
 (b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and 
 (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an
aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 3.0% of Total Assets and $20.0 million at the time
of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 “Asset Sale Investment” means an investment in any one or more businesses, assets or capital expenditures, in each case used or useful in a
Similar Business; provided, however, that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or, if such Person is
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the
general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
  

 5 

 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity,
any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital
lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.” 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the
United States of America, Australia, Great Britain, Canada, the Netherlands or any other member state of the European Union, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years after the date of acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits and demand deposits (in their respective local currencies), in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in
excess of $500.0 million or the foreign currency equivalent thereof and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States,
reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit rating agency); 
 (4) repurchase obligations
for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
  

 6 

 (5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the
Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit rating
agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (6) readily marketable direct
obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P in each case with maturities not exceeding two years
from the date of acquisition; 
 (7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates)
with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit
rating agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and 
 (8) investment
funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above. 
 “Change
of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 
 (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders; 
 (ii) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy,
vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of
acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation
or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; 
 (iii) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election
by such Board of Directors of the Company or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by (a) a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors on the Issue
Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved as described in this clause (iii) or (b) the Permitted Holders) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in
office; or 
 (iv) the Company ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or
any successor provision), directly or indirectly, 100% of the 

  

 7 

 
issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Flag Intermediate and Metals USA (except to the extent Flag Intermediate or Metals USA is merged with the other or
into the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture). 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 “Company” means Metals USA Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto, including any
successor thereto pursuant to Section 5.01. 
 “consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person consolidated with
its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be accounted for as an Investment. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person (the “Specified Person”) for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to
interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees, expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, the amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees in connection with the Recapitalizations and the
amortization of original issue discount and the payment of non-cash interest relating to the 2006 Notes and the Notes); 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; 
 (3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred for such period in connection with any Receivables Financing of the Specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are payable
to Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (4) dividends accrued for such period in respect of
all Disqualified Stock of the Specified Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock (including Designated Preferred Stock) of any such Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary (in each such case other than (x) dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and (y) dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding); and

 (5) interest accruing for such period on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is
guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  

 8 

 less 
 (6) interest income of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate Net Income of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that: 
 (1) any net after-tax
extraordinary or nonrecurring gains, losses, income, expenses or charges, including any severance expenses and fees, expenses or charges related to any offering of Equity Interests, Permitted Investment, acquisition or Indebtedness permitted to be
Incurred by this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), including any such fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments related to the Transactions, in each case, shall be excluded; provided, however, that with
respect to each nonrecurring item, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying and quantifying such item and stating that such item is a nonrecurring item; 
 (2) any increase in amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges (such as purchased in-process research and
development or capitalized manufacturing profit in inventory) resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition that is consummated after the Reference Date shall be excluded; 
 (3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

 (4) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of
discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (5) any net after-tax gains or losses or any subsequent charges or
expenses, attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions having occurred at any time other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be excluded; 
 (6) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded; 
 (7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that
is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 
 (8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person, in each case, shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary 

  

 9 

 
of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or
indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with
respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived or, in the case of Metals USA, are permitted by Section 4.05; provided, however, that the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be
included; 
 (9) an amount equal to the amount of Tax Distributions actually made by such Person to the holders of
Capital Stock of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included, to the extent not otherwise deducted, as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes
directly by such Person for such period; 
 (10) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down
resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 141, shall be excluded; 
 (11) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from any employee benefit
plans or post-employment benefit plans or any deferred stock compensation plan or grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded; 
 (12) solely for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, (a) the Net
Income of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to, or adding the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary
except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties and (b) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other
payment paid in cash and received from any Person in excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included; 
 (13) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 shall be excluded; 
 (14) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Reference Date and that are so required to be
established in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (15) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation
allowances shall be excluded; and 
  

 10 

 (16) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments
under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the amortization of original issue discount and the payment of non-cash interest relating to the Notes shall be excluded. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Sections 4.04(a)(3)(D) and (E). 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash
expenses or other non-cash items of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any such charge
which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period. 
 “Consolidated
Taxes” means provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise and similar taxes and any Tax Distributions taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Income. 
 “Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of Metals USA
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination to (b) the aggregate amount of Adjusted EBITDA of Metals USA for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements of Metals USA and its Restricted
Subsidiaries are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness of Metals USA and Adjusted EBITDA of Metals USA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the
sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Metals USA and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Hedging Obligations and any undrawn letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business) and (2) the
aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of Metals USA and its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of Metals USA, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the
greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary
obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; 
  

 11 

 (2) to advance or supply funds: 
 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 
 (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the
primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Contribution Indebtedness” means (i) Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of
the Company (including by the purchase of Equity Interests to the extent such proceeds of the purchase of Equity Interests are excluded from the calculation under Section 4.04(a)(3)) by any stockholder of the Company (other than a Restricted
Subsidiary) after the Reference Date; provided, however, that: 
 (1) if the aggregate principal amount of
such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contributions to the capital of the Company, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of any
Note then outstanding; 
 (2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the making
of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof; and 
 (3) such cash contribution is not and has not been included in the calculation of permitted Restricted Payments under
Section 4.04; and 
 (ii) Indebtedness of Metals USA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (a) such
Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred as “Contribution Indebtedness” under the Metals USA Indenture and (b) the Company would be able to Incur such Indebtedness as Contribution Indebtedness under clause (i) if such
Indebtedness had been Incurred by the Company. 
 “Credit Agreement” means (i) the ABL Facility or (ii) whether or not
the ABL Facility is outstanding, if designated by the Company or Metals USA to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans,
term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms
of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments) or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced,
restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
  

 12 

 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than
to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the
issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3). 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the
happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise
(other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided, however, that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital
Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes
(including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto)), 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock of such Person, or 
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

 in each case prior to 91 days after the last maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock
which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further, however, that if
such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be
required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided further, however, that any class of Capital
Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 
  

 13 

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Exchange Act”
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Excluded
Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Reference Date from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company or pursuant to any Company or Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the
Company, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the
calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3). 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price
which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Except as expressly
provided to the contrary, the Fair Market Value of assets or property other than cash shall be determined in good faith by the Company and (1) in the event of any asset or property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $4.0 million, shall be
set forth in an Officers’ Certificate or (2) in the event of any asset or property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $12.0 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA
of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving
credit borrowings or revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues or redeems
Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation
Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions or dispositions of
operating units of a business, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), and business realignment projects and initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (each a “pro forma event”) that
the 

  

 14 

 
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has both determined to make and made after the Reference Date and during the four-quarter reference
period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions or dispositions of an operating unit of a
business, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations and business realignment projects and initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations, consolidated interest expense and the change
in Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person or was merged with
or into the specified Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition or disposition of an operating unit of a business, merger, consolidation, discontinued
operation or business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for
such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, consolidation, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring, or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall
be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the specified Person. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if
the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).
Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the specified Person as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect (i) operating expense reductions, other operating
improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions and the Recapitalization) and (ii) all adjustments used in connection with the calculation
of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (d) to the “Offering memorandum summary—Summary historical consolidated and pro forma condensed consolidated financial data” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such
adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four quarter period. 
 “Flag Intermediate” means Flag
Intermediate Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 
 “Flow Through Entity” means an
entity that is treated as a partnership not taxable as a corporation, an S-corporation or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or subject to treatment on a comparable basis for purposes of state, local or foreign tax law.

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or
any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia. 
  

 15 

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in (i) the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and (iii) in such other statements by such other
entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case which are in effect on the Reference Date. 
 “Government Obligations” means securities that are: 
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of
America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or 
 (2) obligations of a Person
controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the
holder of such depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by
the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct
or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 
 “Guarantee” means any guarantee, if any, of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with
the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee with respect to the Notes after the Issue
Date; provided, however, that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and
currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and 
  

 16 

 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices. 
 “holder”, “Holder”,
“noteholder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by
merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any
indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication,
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor due within six months from
the date on which it is Incurred (provided that in each case such trade payable or similar Obligation to a trade creditor is Incurred in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the
property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of
credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or
otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided,
however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; and 
 (4) to the extent not otherwise included, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the amount then outstanding
(including amounts advanced, and received by, and available for use by, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) under any Receivables Financing (as set forth in the books and records of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and
confirmed by the agent, trustee or other representative of the institution or group providing such Receivables Financing); 
 provided,
however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. 
  

 17 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, in accordance
with the terms hereof. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant
to Persons engaged in a Similar Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 
 “Industrial Revenue Bonds” means Metals USA’s obligations in connection with certain outstanding Industrial Revenue Bonds payable on
May 1, 2016. 
 “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Reference
Date among the bank collateral agent party thereto, the trustee party thereto, the notes collateral agent party thereto, Metals USA and each guarantor party thereto, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Metals USA Indenture.

 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof
(other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition, 
 (2) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clause (1) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and 
 (3) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each
case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and
similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that
are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the
portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

  

 18 

 (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation less 
 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the
Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property
transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 “Issue Date” means July 10, 2007, the date on which the Initial Notes are issued. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any other agreement to give a security interest in
and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease or an agreement to sell other
than as described above be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Management Group” means all of the individuals consisting of the
directors, executive officers and other management personnel of the Company, Metals USA or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or Metals USA, as the case may be, on the Issue Date together with (1) any new directors whose
election by such boards of directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company, Metals USA or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or Metals USA, as the case may be, as applicable, was approved by (x) a
vote of a majority of the directors of the Company, Metals USA or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or Metals USA, as applicable, then still in office who were either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination was
previously approved as described in this definition or (y) the Permitted Holders and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of the Company, Metals USA or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or Metals USA, as
the case may be, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors on the Issue Date together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of the Company, Metals USA or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company
or Metals USA, as the case may be, as applicable. 
 “Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 18,
2005, among the Company, Flag Acquisition Corporation and Metals USA, as amended up to and including the Reference Date. 
  

 19 

 “Metals USA” means Metals USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest
thereto. 
 “Metals USA Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of the Reference Date, among Metals USA, as successor to Flag
Acquisition Corporation, Flag Intermediate, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. 
 “Metals
USA Notes” means the 11 1/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 of Metals USA. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors
Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net
income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any
Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the
assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated
Non-cash Consideration (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, amounts required to be
applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required to be paid as a result of such transaction (including to obtain any required consent therefor), and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by
the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and
other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. In the case of any Asset Sale that involves the sale of any Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary that owns assets that constitute ABL Collateral, the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale attributable to such Capital Stock shall also be net of the Fair Market Value of the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary constituting ABL
Collateral. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes, the PIK Notes, the Additional Notes and the Private Exchange
Notes, treated as a single class. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements
(including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided, however,
that Obligations with respect to 

  

 20 

 
the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes. 
 “Off-Balance Sheet Financing Amount” means, at any date, with respect to any Qualified Receivables Financing, the face or notional amount of
any interest in assets of the type described in the definition of the term Qualified Receivables Financing transferred to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with such Qualified Receivables Financing by or on behalf of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated June 29, 2007, with respect to the Notes.

 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice
President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate
signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set
forth in this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means the Notes
and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of
(i) the Sponsor and (ii) the Management Group. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this
Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder. 
 “Permitted Investments”
means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged, directly or
indirectly, in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
  

 21 

 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents
and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date; 
 (6) advances to employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate; 
 (7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or
accounts receivable or claims held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or
(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x); 
 (9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9), not to exceed $45.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the
time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the
making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to
this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (10) additional Investments
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10), not to exceed the greater of (a) $55.0 million and (b) 7.5%
of Total Assets of the Company at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (11) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar
expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) Investments the payment for which consists of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted
Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3); 
  

 22 

 (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by
and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (vi), (vii) and (xi) of such Section); 
 (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with
other Persons; 
 (15) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.11; 
 (16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by
Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company; 
 (17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real estate, inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any
other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided,
however, that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest; and 
 (19) Investments resulting from the receipt of non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale received in compliance with Section 4.06.

 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or
good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S.
government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which
are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
  

 23 

 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with
respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit (or deposits to secure letters of credit or surety bonds for the same purpose) issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses,
rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership
of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 (6) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred to finance the purchase, lease or
improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, where such Person has no other material assets) of such Person; provided,
however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and except for customary
cross collateral arrangements with respect to property or equipment financed by the same financing source pursuant to the same financing scheme), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more
than 180 days after the latest of the (i) acquisition of the property subject to the Lien, (ii) completion of construction, repair, improvement or addition of the property subject to the Lien and (iii) commencement of full
operation of the property subject to the Lien; 
 (7) Liens securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary Incurred
pursuant to Section 4.03(a), or clause (i), (xii), (xx) (or (xiii) to the extent it guarantees any such Indebtedness) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to the property or
assets of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Domestic Subsidiary, that is wholly owned by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, created to enhance the worldwide tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries); 
 (8) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
 (9) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation
of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (10) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired the property, including any
acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens may not 

  

 24 

 
extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (12) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so
long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations; 
 (13) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person
to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (14) licenses, sublicenses, leases
and subleases which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (15) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(16) Liens in favor of the Company or Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in favor solely of another
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (17) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in
the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located; 
 (18) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (19) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions or
renewals) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), and (10); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the
same property (including any after acquired property to the extent it would have been subject to the original Lien) that was subject to the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at
such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), and (10) at the time the original
Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal; 
  

 25 

 (20) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, so long as such Lien is
adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 (21) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties
in connection with importation of goods; 
 (22) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or
similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (23) Liens securing insurance premium financing arrangements; provided, however, that such Lien is limited to the applicable insurance carriers; 
 (24) Liens incurred to secure cash management services in the ordinary course of business; 
 (25) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $10.0 million
at any one time outstanding; 
 (26) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under the Credit Agreement; and

 (27) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.03(b)(xxii), provided that such Liens do not extend to or
cover any of the cash or Cash Equivalents that have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Article 8. 
 “Person” means any
individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up. 
 “Presumed Tax Rate” means the highest effective marginal statutory combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax
rate prescribed for an individual residing in New York City (taking into account (i) the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, assuming the limitation of Section 68(a)(2) of the Code applies
and taking into account any impact of Section 68(f) of the Code, and (ii) the character (long-term or short-term capital gain, dividend income or other ordinary income) of the applicable income), or, as applicable, for a corporation.

 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable,
from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of
equity. 
  

 26 

 “Qualified Equity Issuance” means any public offering, sale or issuance of common stock of the
Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, the aggregate Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds of which received by the Company after the Issue Date exceed $25,000,000, other than offerings with respect to
public offerings of common stock of the Company registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8. 
 “Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds”
means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company in respect of any Qualified Equity Issuance, net of the direct costs relating to such Qualified Equity Issuance (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and
sales commissions), and any taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
 “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables
Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of the Company
shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables
Subsidiary, 
 (2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair
Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company), and 
 (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events
and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 “Recapitalizations” means the 2006 Recapitalization and the 2007 Recapitalization. 
 “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise
transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any
accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other
obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization
transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation,
warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a 

  

 27 

 
receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any
failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of Metals USA (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with Metals USA in which Metals USA or any Subsidiary of Metals USA makes an Investment and to which Metals USA or any Subsidiary of
Metals USA transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of Metals USA and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or
other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Metals USA (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

 (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by
Metals USA or any other Subsidiary of Metals USA (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Metals USA or
any other Subsidiary of Metals USA in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Metals USA or any other Subsidiary of Metals USA, directly or indirectly, contingently or
otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, 
 (b) with which neither
Metals USA nor any other Subsidiary of Metals USA has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Metals USA reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Metals USA or such Subsidiary than those that
might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Metals USA, and 
 (c) to which neither Metals USA nor
any other Subsidiary of Metals USA has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Metals USA shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the
resolution of the Board of Directors of Metals USA giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 
 “Reference Date” means November 30, 2005. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date, among the Company and the Initial Purchaser
and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Company, and the Persons purchasing such
Additional Notes under the related purchase agreement. 
  

 28 

 “Related Person” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates,
and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means,
with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group
or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured,
repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests contemplated by the Metals USA Indenture. 
 “Senior Credit Documents” means the collective reference to any Credit Agreement, the notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated,
renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Significant Subsidiary”
means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 
 “Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the
Issue Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 
 “Sponsor” means Apollo Management V, L.P., one or more investment funds controlled by Apollo Management V, L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates. 
  

 29 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants,
indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Metals USA or any Subsidiary of Metals USA which Metals USA has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including those relating to the servicing of the assets of
a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to
any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has
occurred). 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than
a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited
liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted
Subsidiary that Incurs a Guarantee; provided, however, that upon the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary will cease to be a Subsidiary
Guarantor. 
 “Tax Distributions” means any dividends and distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xii). 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the total consolidated assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the
most recent balance sheet of such Person. 
 “Transactions” means the “Transactions” as defined in the offering circular
dated November 21, 2005, with respect to the Metals USA Notes. 
  

 30 

 “Trust Officer” means: 
 (1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate
trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and 
 (2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Trustee” means the respective
party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial
Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by
the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly
formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of
the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any
Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided further, however, that either: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 
 (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
 (x)(1) if the Unrestricted Subsidiary will be a
Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (but not a Subsidiary of Metals USA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Metals USA and 

  

 31 

 
its Restricted Subsidiaries) could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of
Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company would be greater than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, 
 (y) if the Unrestricted Subsidiary will be a Subsidiary of Metals USA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (1) Metals USA and its
Restricted Subsidiaries could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (ii) of Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Metals USA would be greater
than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and 
 z) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied
with the foregoing provisions. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the
time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when
applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of
which (other than directors’ or other qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	 	 	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.07
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.01
	 “Base Currency”
	  	11.16(b)

  

 32 

			
	 “Cash Interest”
	  	Annex A
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.01
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Depository”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Global Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	Appendix B
	 “IAI”
	  	Appendix A
	 “incorporated provision”
	  	11.01
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	4.12
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Initial Purchaser”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	11.16(b)
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Notes Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.06(d)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04
	 “PIK Interest”
	  	Annex A
	 “PIK Note”
	  	Annex A
	 “PIK Payment”
	  	Annex A
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.08
	 “Purchase Agreement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Private Exchange”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Private Exchange Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “QIB”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Qualified Equity Issuance Offer”
	  	4.14(b)
	 “Qualified Equity Issuance Offer Period”
	  	4.14(e)
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.03(b)(xiv)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)(ii)
	 “Registered Exchange Offer”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04
	 “Regulation S”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.04(a)
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Shelf Registration Statement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01
	 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
	  	Appendix A

  

 33 

 SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture incorporates by
reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
 “Commission” means the SEC.

 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees, if any. 
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, the Guarantors, if
any, and any other obligor on the Notes. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of
Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) “including” means including without limitation; 
 (e) words in the singular
include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 
 (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be
subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness and Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to
the same collateral; 
 (g) unless otherwise specified herein, the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other
discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 
 (h) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder
shall be made, and all financial 

  

 34 

 
statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue
Date is $300,000,000. The Initial Notes, any PIK Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes will be treated as a single series of Notes for purposes of this Indenture. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture
and the Notes, (1) references to the Notes include any Additional Notes and PIK Notes actually issued, (2) references to “principal amount” of Notes includes any increase in the principal amount of outstanding Notes (including
PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment. References to interest on the Notes include additional interest, if any, payable with respect to the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Company may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as
(i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture,
including Section 4.12. Additional Notes shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes Issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and as contemplated by clause (4) below. With respect to any
Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.08, 4.06(i), 4.08(c),
4.14(g) or Appendix A), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or
(ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 
 (1)
the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; 
 (2)
the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes will accrue; 
 (3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend
or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Appendix A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be
exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof; and

  

 35 

 (4) if applicable, that such Additional Notes that are not Transfer Restricted Notes
shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Appendix A, but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Appendix A. 
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the
Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly
made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes or PIK Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication shall each be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 1 to Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication and (ii) any Additional Exchange Notes or PIK Notes issued other than as Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A to
Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company or any Guarantor is subject, if
any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest
coupons and only in denominations of at least $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, except that PIK Notes may be issued in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof, and increases in principal amount of Global
Notes as a result of a PIK Payment may be made in integral multiples of $1.00. 
 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.
(a) The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (i) Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000,
(ii) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein, (iii) subject to the terms of the Notes and this Indenture, PIK Notes that are
issued as Definitive Notes or new Global Notes and (iv) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer or Private Exchange pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and, if applicable,
any Additional Notes. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes, PIK Notes or Exchange
Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 (b) One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  

 36 

 (c) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 (d) A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 (e) The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy
of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 (f) The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representations with the Depository in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter. 
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. (a) The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer
and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying
agents. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes and (ii) the Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 (b) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall
incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar
or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of the Company’s domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying
Agent or Registrar. 
 (c) The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to
the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such
successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with
clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also
resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 
  

 37 

 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. On or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time,
on each due date of the principal of and Cash Interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit with each Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and Cash Interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other
than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and Cash Interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of
any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
thereto. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further
liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business
Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. 
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a
Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met.
When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of
transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in
connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Company shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be
redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 (b) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Guarantors (if any), the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the
absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, any Guarantor (if any), the
Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (c) Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (1) the Holder of such Global Note (or 

  

 38 

 
its agent) or (2) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be
required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 (d) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall
evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. (a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (1) satisfies the Company within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or
wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (2) makes such request to the Company prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8—303 of the
Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (3) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of
the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their
expenses in replacing a Note (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its
discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
 (b) Every replacement Note is an additional obligation
of the Company and the Guarantors. 
 (c) The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful)
all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION
2.09. Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those redeemed pursuant to Article 3 and those described
in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company or a Guarantor holds the Note. 
 (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

 (c) If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money
sufficient to pay all principal and 

  

 39 

 
interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date
such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. In
the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them
available for delivery in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits
and privileges as Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The
Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.12.
Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes as set forth in Section 1 of the form of Note contained in Appendix A, as the case
may be (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed
any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid. 
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers,
ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however,
that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 
 SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the
principal amount of the Notes (including any outstanding PIK Notes and any increased principal amounts as a result of any PIK Payment) outstanding at such date of determination (as determined in 
  

 40 

 
accordance with Section 2.09). With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage
of the principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have
so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 11.06 of this
Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Company and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 
 SECTION 2.15. Issuance of PIK Notes 
 (a) Unless otherwise agreed to between the Company and the Trustee, with respect to the issuance of any PIK Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent no later than two Business Days prior to
the relevant interest payment date, (i) if such PIK Notes are Definitive Notes, the required amount of new Definitive Notes and an order to authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes or (ii) if such PIK Notes are Global Notes, the required
amount of new Global Notes and an order to authenticate and deliver such new Global Notes. 
 (b) Any PIK Notes shall, after
being executed and authenticated pursuant to Section 2.03, be (i) if such PIK Notes are Definitive Notes, mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the register for the Definitive Notes as of the relevant record date or
(ii) if such PIK Notes are Global Notes, deposited into the account specified by the Holder or Holders thereof as of the relevant record date. 
 (c) Notwithstanding Section 2.15(a) or (b), in connection with any PIK Payment, the Company may direct the Paying Agent to make the appropriate amendments to the schedule of principal amounts of the relevant
Global Notes then authenticated. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to
time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set forth in Appendix A, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued
and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date. 
 SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of
Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by the Notes or any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with the Notes, such provision and this Article 3. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the
Note, they shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the 
  

 41 

 
redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The
Company shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to
the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to
notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be
Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption of Notes, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be
redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000 and portions of
them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of at least $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The
Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional
Redemption. (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. Notices of
redemption may not be conditional. 
 Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (i) the redemption date; 
 (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 
 (iii)
the name and address of a Paying Agent; 
 (iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest; 
 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 
 (vi) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption
ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any,
printed on the Notes being redeemed; 
  

 42 

 (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number or ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (ix) the
applicable provision in this Indenture or the Notes pursuant to which the Company is redeeming such Notes. 
 (b) At the Company’s
written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’
Certificate, each covering the matters set forth in Sections 11.04 and 11.05. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.05 in no event less than 10 days in advance of the proposed
mailing of the notice of redemption. 
 SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in
accordance with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price
stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to
the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 
 SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the
Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or
portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. (a) The Company shall promptly pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this
Indenture. An installment of principal of or Cash 
  

 43 

 
Interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if on such date the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company or any of its
Affiliates) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and Cash Interest then due. PIK Interest shall be paid in the manner provided in Section 2.15. Any PIK Payment shall be considered paid on the date it is
due if on such date (1) if PIK Notes (including PIK Notes that are Global Notes) have been issued therefor, such PIK Notes have been authenticated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and (2) if the PIK Payment is made by
increasing the principal amount of Global Notes then authenticated, the Trustee has increased the principal amount of Global Notes then authenticated by the relevant amount. 
 (b) The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes and shall pay interest on overdue installments of
interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 
 SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information.
(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly
reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC),

 (i) within the time periods specified by the Exchange Act, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable
form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), 
 (ii)
within the time periods specified by the Exchange Act, reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form), 
 (iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC), such other reports on
Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and 
 (iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the
Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 provided, however, that
the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall post the reports specified above on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company
were required to file those reports with the SEC. In addition, the Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders, in each case within
15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 
  

 44 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to
above to the Trustee and the Holders if it has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Registered
Exchange Offer relating to the applicable Notes or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of a registration statement relating to a Registered Exchange Offer and/or a Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and provided that such registration statement and/or amendments
thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in this Section 4.02. 
 (c) In the event that:

 (i) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company and any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to
report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis; and 
 (ii) such parent entity of the Company is not
engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Company, 
 then
such consolidated reporting at such parent entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in this Section 4.02 for the Company shall satisfy this Section 4.02. 
 (d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall
not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively (subject to Article 7 hereof) on Officers’ Certificates). 
 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any
shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that (i) the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Metals USA and
its Restricted Subsidiaries) may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any such Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of
the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is
issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Metals USA and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of Metals USA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such 
  

 45 

 
additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, in the case of each of
clause (i) and (ii), determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the
case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 In addition, if any
Indebtedness is Incurred, or any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, in each case by Metals USA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph and in contemplation of a merger or an
acquisition of an operating unit (including a service center) or business, whether directly or through the acquisition of Capital Stock of another Person, or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such
merger or acquisition, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of Metals USA would be no greater than 4.75 to 1.0 at the time of such Incurrence or issuance, as the case may be, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net
proceeds therefrom and giving pro forma effect to such merger or acquisition), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds
therefrom and the consummation of such merger or acquisition had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The
limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to: 
 (i) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal
to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount then outstanding equal to the greater of (1) $525.0 million less the sum of (A) the amount of any such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (i) that
is permanently retired with the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied from and after the Reference Date to reduce the outstanding amounts pursuant to Section 4.06 and (B) the aggregate Off-Balance Sheet Financing Amount attributable to
all Qualified Receivables Financings then outstanding and (2) the sum of (x) 70% of the net book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) 90% of the net book value of the accounts receivable of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, determined by the net book value set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred for which
internal financial statements are available); 
 (ii) the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes
(not including any Additional Notes but including any PIK Notes issued from time to time to pay PIK Interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Notes); 
 (iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (after giving effect to the 2007 Recapitalization) (other than Indebtedness described in
clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)), including the Metals USA Notes, the Industrial Revenue Bonds, certain capital leases and purchase money Indebtedness; 
  

 46 

 (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an
aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred (or deemed Incurred as provided under clause (xiv) below) pursuant to this clause (iv), does not
exceed the greater of (x) 3.5% of Total Assets of the Company and (y) $45.0 million; 
 (v) Indebtedness
Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation
claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided,
however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing; 
 (vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the
acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or
Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of such Indebtedness is not determinable and, to the extent such Indebtedness thereafter becomes fixed and
determined, the Indebtedness is paid within 60 days thereafter; 
 (vii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance
or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be
deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred
Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an
issuance of shares of Preferred Stock; 
 (ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of 

  

 47 

 
any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other
subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (x) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes and are (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate
risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose
of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any metal or other commodity purchases or sales; 
 (xi) obligations
in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds, including surety bonds issued in respect of workers’ compensation claims, and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted
hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to
this clause (xii), does not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this
clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of the first and second (to the extent applicable) paragraphs of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
could have Incurred such Indebtedness under first and second (to the extent applicable) paragraphs of Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii)); 
 (xiii) any guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that if such
Indebtedness is Incurred by the Company and is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness of the Company shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; 
 (xiv) the Incurrence by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred under the first and second (to the extent applicable) paragraphs of Section 4.03(a) or clause (ii), (iii), (iv),
(xiv), (xv) or (xix) of this Section 4.03(b) (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
  

 48 

 (1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of
principal on the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following; 
 (2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or
refinanced or (y) one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding; 
 (3) to the extent such
Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness junior to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes; 
 (4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with significant original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with significant original issue
discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (5) shall not include Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and 
 (6) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness outstanding under clause (iv)
or (xix) of this Section 4.03(b), shall be deemed to have been Incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (iv) or (xix) of this Section 4.03(b), as applicable, and not this clause (xiv) for purposes of determining
amounts outstanding under such clauses (iv) or (xix) of this Section 4.03(b), as applicable; 
 provided further, however, that
subclauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (xiv) shall not apply to any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or defease (x) the Notes or (y) any Indebtedness of Metals USA and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including the Metals USA Notes; 
 (xv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Persons that are acquired by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is not Incurred in
contemplation of such acquisition or merger or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such acquisition or merger; provided further, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition and
the Incurrence of such Indebtedness: 
 (1) with respect to Indebtedness Incurred as a result of such acquisition by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Metals USA and its Restricted Subsidiaries), either: 
  

 49 

 (A) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of Section 4.03(a); or 
 (B) the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition; and 
 (2) with respect to
Indebtedness Incurred as a result of such acquisition by Metals USA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, either: 
 (A)
Metals USA would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (ii) of Section 4.03(a); or 
 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Metals USA would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition; 
 (xvi) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard
Securitization Undertakings) to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary; 
 (xvii)
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is
extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 
 (xviii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (xix) Contribution Indebtedness; 
 (xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company
Incurred for working capital purposes; 
 (xxi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of
(x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (xxii) the Incurrence by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, the net proceeds of which are used to
defease the Metals USA Notes in accordance with the Metals USA Indenture. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may not Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to repay, prepay, redeem, defease, retire, refund or refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness unless
such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness. For purposes of determining 

  

 50 

 
compliance with this Section 4.03, (A) Indebtedness need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness described in
clauses (i) through (xxii) of Section 4.03(b) or pursuant to the first and second (to the extent applicable) paragraphs of Section 4.03(a) but is permitted to be Incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the
event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxii) of Section 4.03(b) or is entitled to be Incurred
pursuant to the first and second (to the extent applicable) paragraphs of Section 4.03(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with
this Section 4.03 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and such item of Indebtedness shall be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or
pursuant to the first and second (to the extent applicable) paragraphs of Section 4.03(a); provided, however, that all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Reference Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred
pursuant to clause (i) of Section 4.03(b) and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to such clause. 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional
Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company (including any PIK Payment), the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of
liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the
definition of “Indebtedness” shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise
included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or
letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. 
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted
Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment with respect to such Equity Interests made in connection with any
merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at
least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its ownership percentage of such Equity Interests); 
  

 51 

 (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the
Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem,
repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition
or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance,
acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively
referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Metals USA or any Restricted Subsidiary of Metals USA), immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under
the provisions of clause (i) of Section 4.03(a); and (B) with respect to a Restricted Payment by Metals USA or any Restricted Subsidiary of Metals USA, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Metals
USA could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of clause (ii) of Section 4.03(a); and 
 (3)
such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Reference Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (iv) (only
to the extent of one-half of the amounts paid pursuant to such clause), (vi) and (viii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from
September 30, 2005 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is
a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus 
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company after the
Reference Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amounts, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued
upon conversion of Indebtedness (in which case 

  

 52 

 
the Company will be deemed to have received an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness (or, if such Indebtedness was issued at a
significant original issue discount, an amount equal to the accreted value of such Indebtedness at such time)) or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan
or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), plus 
 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash
contributions to the capital of the Company received after the Reference Date (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, contributions from the issuance of Designated Preferred Stock, the Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded
Contributions and Disqualified Stock), plus 
 (D) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in cash subsequent to the Reference Date, from: 
 (I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person
(other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) or
(x) of Section 4.04(b)), 
 (II) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of
the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or 
 (III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 (E) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been
merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case subsequent to the Reference Date, the Fair Market Value (as
determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after
deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted Investment). 
  

 53 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit: 
 (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration
such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (ii) (A) the repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution
Amounts, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including
any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock; 
 (iii) the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
of, new Indebtedness of the Company which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as 
 (A) the principal
amount of such new Indebtedness (or, if such Indebtedness is issued at a significant original issue discount, the aggregate issue price) does not exceed the principal amount (or, if such Indebtedness was issued at a significant original issue
discount, the aggregate accreted value at such time) of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument
governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired plus any fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith), 
 (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so paid, purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value,

 (C) such Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the
Subordinated Indebtedness being so paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired or (y) one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and 
 (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the
remaining Weighted 

  

 54 

 
Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted
Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of
any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following; 
 (iv) the repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company,
Flag Intermediate or Metals USA held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or
stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement made after the Reference Date; provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed
$10.0 million in any calendar year commencing with 2005 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the next succeeding calendar year); provided further, however, that such amount in any
calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amounts, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock) of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company
of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company), Flag Intermediate or Metals USA to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company that
occurs after the Reference Date; provided, however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under
Section 4.04(a)(3); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any
direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) and any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries after the Reference Date; 
 (provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year and, to the extent any
payment described under this clause (iv) is made by delivery of Indebtedness and not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on such Indebtedness makes payments with respect to such
Indebtedness); 
  

 55 

 (v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or
series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Reference Date and the declaration and
payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any
direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Reference Date the proceeds of which were contributed to the Company; provided, however, that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would
have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.25 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from the sale
of such Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Reference Date; 
 (vii) Investments in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $20.0 million at the time of such Investment
(with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (viii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock or Preferred Stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent
of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock or Preferred Stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company from any public offering of common stock or Preferred Stock or contributed to the Company by
any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that such Preferred Stock was issued in a registered public offering; 
 (ix) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
 (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million; 
 (xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xii) (A) with respect to each tax year or portion thereof
that the Company qualifies as a Flow Through Entity, the distribution by the Company to the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount of aggregate net taxable income of the Company allocated to
the holders of Capital Stock of the 

  

 56 

 
Company for such period and (ii) the Presumed Tax Rate for such period; and (B) with respect to any tax year or portion thereof that the Company
does not qualify as a Flow Through Entity and files a consolidated U.S. federal tax return with its direct or indirect parent company, the payment of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company that files
a consolidated U.S. federal tax return that includes the Company and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of federal, state or local taxes
(as the case may be) in respect of such year if the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid such taxes directly as a stand-alone taxpayer (or stand-alone group); 
 (xiii) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company: 
 (A) in amounts equal to the amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees and expenses (including
franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company and general
corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its respective
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that any such dividends, distributions or other amounts shall not exceed $1.0 million per year and shall be treated as an operating expense of the Company for purposes of determining the Consolidated
Net Income of the Company; and 
 (B) in amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to
pay interest or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company Incurred in
accordance with Section 4.03; provided, however, that any such contribution will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3) or be used to Incur Contribution Indebtedness or to make a
Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.04(b) (other than payments permitted by this clause (xiii); provided further, however, any such dividends, other distributions or other amounts used to pay interest shall be treated as
interest payments of the Company for purposes of this Indenture; 
 (xiv) cash dividends or other distributions on the
Company’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to, fund the Transactions or the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or owed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07; 
  

 57 

 (xv) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or
warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (xvi) purchases of
receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (xvii) in
the event of a Change of Control, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable (or, if such Subordinated Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue
discount, 101% of the accreted value), of such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon; provided, however, that prior to such payment, purchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes as a result of such Change of Control and have
repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer; 
 (xviii) in the
event of an Asset Sale that requires the Company to offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.06, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable (or, if such
Subordinated Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value), of such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon;
provided, however, that (i) prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made an Asset Sale Offer with
respect to the Notes as a result of such Asset Sale and have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Asset Sale Offer and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments, purchases, redemptions,
defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of all such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may not exceed the amount of the Excess Proceeds used to determine the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered for
in such Asset Sale Offer less the aggregate amount applied in connection with such Asset Sale Offer; 
 (xix) any Restricted
Payments made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including any payments or loans made to any direct or indirect parent to enable it to make any such payments; 
 (xx) payments of cash, or dividends, distributions or advances by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow any such entity to
make payments of cash, in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of warrants or upon the conversion or 

  

 58 

 
exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; provided, however, the aggregate amount of such payments, dividends, distributions or advances
does not exceed $2.5 million; and 
 (xxi) the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions to holders of
the Company’s Equity Interests with the proceeds (net of discount and commissions to the Initial Purchaser) received by the Company from the sale of the Notes issued on the Issue Date. 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (x), (xi),
(xvii) and (xviii) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries except Wilkoff-Morris Steel Corporation and Metals USA Contract Manufacturing, Inc. The Company shall not permit any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of
“Investments.” Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.04, if and to the extent Metals USA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would be
permitted to make a Restricted Payment (as defined in the Metals USA Indenture) pursuant to the Metals USA Indenture to the extent the Metals USA Notes are outstanding at such time, Metals USA or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall
be permitted to make under this Indenture a Restricted Payment permitted to be made thereunder. 
 SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other
Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance
or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (a) (i) pay dividends or make any other
distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 (c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

 59 

 
except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Metals USA Indenture, the Metals USA
Notes and the related guarantees thereof, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Senior Credit Documents; 
 (2) this Indenture and the Notes; 
 (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or
order; 
 (4) any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is
not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; 
 (5) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 
 (6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred
pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (8) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements that the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith at the time the joint venture or other similar agreement is entered
into that such encumbrances or restrictions will not materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to make timely payment of interest, premium (if any) or principal on the Notes when due; 
 (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business or Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose
restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired; 
 (10) customary provisions
contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) above on the property subject to such lease, license or other similar
agreement; 
 (11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified
Receivables Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; 
  

 60 

 (12) other Indebtedness; 
 (i) of (A) the Company or (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case that (x) is Incurred subsequent to the
Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03 and (y) an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any
such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to satisfy its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Company and such determination is
set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or 
 (ii) that is Incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of
the Company subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to clauses (iv), (xii), (xiii) (but limited to guarantees of Indebtedness of other Foreign Subsidiaries described in this clause (12)(ii)), (xiv) (but only to the extent such
Indebtedness refunds, refinances or decreases Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to clause (iv) or (xii)) or (xx) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction applies
only to Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company; 
 (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in
clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses
(1) through (12) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more
restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or
refinancing; or 
 (14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clause (c) above imposed by any
Permitted Liens referred to in clauses (1) and (4) of the definition thereof. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make
distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a
restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 
 SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale unless (1) the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair 

  

 61 

 
Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (2) at least 75% of the consideration
therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents or Asset Sale Cash Equivalents. 
 (b) Within 395 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from
such Asset Sale at its option to any one or more of the following: 
 (i) to permanently reduce any Indebtedness constituting
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (and, in the case of revolving Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or any Pari Passu Indebtedness, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company
or an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that if the Company shall so reduce any Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Company will equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes by making an offer to all holders of Notes to
purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of the Notes, such offer to be conducted in accordance with the procedures
set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer but without any further limitation in amount; provided further, however, that if an offer to repay or repurchase any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is made in accordance
with the terms of such Indebtedness, the obligation to permanently reduce Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the offer, whether or not accepted by the holders thereof, and no Excess
Proceeds in the amount of such offer will be deemed to exist following such offer; or 
 (ii) to make an Asset Sale
Investment. 
 Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce
Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the 395-day time
period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”; provided, however, that if during such 395-day time period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into
a binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.06(b)(ii) after the 395th day, such 395-day time period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until
such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement) (but such extension will in no event be longer than 180 days). When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$12.5 million, the Company shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Company, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and principal
amount or accreted value, as applicable, of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof
(or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, “principal 

  

 62 

 
amount” shall refer to 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect of such
Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Asset Sale by Metals USA or any Restricted Subsidiary of Metals USA, the Company shall not be required to make an Asset Sale Offer to the extent Metals USA or
such Restricted Subsidiary is not permitted pursuant to the terms of its outstanding Indebtedness, any other agreement or applicable law to fund such Asset Sale Offer. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds not
later than ten business days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $12.5 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes
(and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari
Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner set forth in Section 4.06(e) (and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be selected in
accordance with the agreement governing such Pari Passu Indebtedness). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds which served as the basis for such Asset Sale Offer shall be reduced to zero. 
 (c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such
laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company
shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations set forth in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the
amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On
such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the
Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Company, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer
remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not
the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Company to the Trustee as provided in this Section 4.06(d)
is greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for use in any manner not prohibited by this Section 4.06. 
  

 63 

 (e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an
appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later
than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, the principal amount of
the Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal amounts so tendered. The selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable;
provided, however, that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part. 
 (f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be
mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to
such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 (g) A new Note in principal amount
equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase price,
interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased. 
 SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from,
or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”)
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, unless: 
 (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are
not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and

 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above. 
  

 64 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following: 

(i) (A) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) any merger of the Company and
any direct parent company of the Company; provided, however, that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger is otherwise
in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose; 
 (ii) Restricted Payments
permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clauses (3), (6), (9), (10) and (13) of the definition thereof) permitted under this Indenture; 
 (iii) (A) the entering into of any agreement to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees
and expenses to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (x) $3.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Adjusted EBITDA of Metals USA and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal year;
provided, however, that any payment not made in any fiscal year may be carried forward and paid in the following two fiscal years and (B) the payment of the present value of all amounts payable pursuant to any agreement described
in clause (iii)(A) in connection with the termination of such agreement; 
 (iv) the payment of reasonable and customary
fees paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company; 
 (v) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting
or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
in good faith or (y) made pursuant to any agreement described under the caption “Certain relationships and related party transactions” in the Offering Memorandum, including the transaction fee agreement described thereunder;

 (vi) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (vii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; 
 (viii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of, any agreement or instrument (other than with the Sponsor, except to the extent the Sponsor includes the Company, any of its direct or indirect parents, or any Subsidiary of the Company) as in
effect as of the Issue Date or 

  

 65 

 
any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement or instrument together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the
Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby; 
 (ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the
Merger Agreement, any stockholders agreement or investor rights agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements
which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or
under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are
not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or any transactions contemplated thereby; 
 (x) transactions to effect the 2007 Recapitalization and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the 2007 Recapitalization , in
each case that are described in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (xi) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, toll
manufacturers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries
for the purchase or sale of goods or services entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xii) any transaction
effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (xiii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company; 
 (xiv) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or
otherwise pursuant to or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good
faith; 
 (xv) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payments permitted by
Section 4.04(b)(xii); 
 (xvi) any contribution to the capital of the Company; and 
  

 66 

 (xvii) any employment agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.07, if and to the
extent any action by Metals USA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is not deemed to be an Affiliate Transaction (as defined in the Metals USA Indenture) under the Metals USA Indenture, such action by Metals USA or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate Transaction under this Indenture and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of this Section 4.07. 
 SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. (a) Not later than 60 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has given notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.05 with respect to all the Notes,
the Company will mail a Change of Control Offer to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee. 
 (b) A “Change of Control Offer” means
a notice mailed to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: 
 (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such
Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any to the
date of purchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); 
 (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 
 (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and 
 (iv) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its
Notes purchased. 
 A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (c) Holders electing to
have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note
which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 
  

 67 

 (d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.08 shall be
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any to the Holders entitled thereto. 
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company shall be deemed to have made a Change of Control Offer upon a Change
of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases
all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee
which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be
deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder. 
 (g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to make such offer
have been complied with. 
 (h) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) and Rules
13e-3 and 13e-4, if applicable, of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have failed to make a Change of Control Offer or purchase the Notes pursuant
thereto under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the
Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company starting with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007 an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as
Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. 
 So long
as any of the Notes are outstanding (i) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) if any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with respect to a claimed Default under this Indenture or the Notes,
then, within 30 days of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default or the Company receiving written notice of any action by a Holder described in the preceding clause (ii), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified
mail or by telegram, telex or facsimile transmission followed 

  

 68 

 
by hard copy by registered or certified mail an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default, Event of Default or notice. 
 SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do
such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.11.
Future Guarantors. After the Issue Date, the Company shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary) that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company (other than Indebtedness of the
Company consisting of a guarantee under the Credit Agreement and other Indebtedness of the Company consisting solely of guarantees of Indebtedness of one or more of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) to execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Appendix B pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Notes; provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, any such guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness of the Company shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes. Any Guarantee of the
Notes after the Issue Date shall be released upon the occurrence of certain events described in Appendix B. 
 SECTION 4.12. Liens.
The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) on any asset or property of the Company, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income
therefrom, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, unless (i) the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Obligations of the Company) the
obligations secured by such Initial Lien or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 
 SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and
where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at
any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of
the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02. 
  

 69 

 (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the
Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the
location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Company hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its Agent as
such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.14. Repurchase Offer upon Qualified Equity
Issuances 
 (a) The Company shall make an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that is an
integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of any Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if
any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, unless the Company has given notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.05 with respect to all the Notes. 
 (b) Not later than 60 days following the receipt of the Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds from any Qualified Equity Issuance, unless the Company has given notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.05 with
respect to all the Notes, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (a “Qualified Equity Issuance Offer”) stating: 
 (1) that a Qualified Equity Issuance has occurred, the amount of Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds received by the Company, and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s
Notes or a pro rata portion thereof, as set forth below, at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and additional interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to
the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); 
 (2) the
circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Qualified Equity Issuance, and the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased by the Company in the Qualified Equity Issuance Offer; 
 (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

 (4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow in order
to have its Notes purchased. 
 (c) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) and Rules
13e-3 and 13e-4, if applicable, of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Qualified Equity Issuance Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture applicable to a Qualified Equity Issuance Offer, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed 

  

 70 

 
to have failed to make a Qualified Equity Issuance Offer or purchase Notes pursuant to this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof. 
 (d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Qualified Equity Issuance Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to the amount of the Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds. On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Company or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Company, and
to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.14. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Qualified Equity Issuance Offer remains open (the “Qualified Equity Issuance Offer Period”), the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or
deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Qualified Equity Issuance Net Proceeds delivered by the Company to the Trustee as provided in this Section 4.14(d) is greater than the purchase
price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Qualified Equity Issuance Offer Period for use in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the
address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note
purchased. If at the end of the Qualified Equity Issuance Offer Period more Notes are tendered pursuant to a Qualified Equity Issuance Offer than the Company is required to purchase, the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased will be
determined pro rata based on the principal amount so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes of $2,000 or
less shall be purchased in part. 
 (f) Notices of a Qualified Equity Issuance Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at
least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the
principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 (g) A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any
Note purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof purchased. 
  

 71 

 (h) A Qualified Equity Issuance Offer may be made in advance of a Qualified Equity Issuance, conditional
upon such Qualified Equity Issuance, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Qualified Equity Issuance at the time of making of the Qualified Equity Issuance Offer. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL 
 OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS 
 SECTION
5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (i)
the Company is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a
corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being
herein called the “Successor Company”); provided, however, that if such Successor Company is not a corporation, such Successor Company will form a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a corporation and cause such Wholly Owned
Subsidiary to become a co-issuer of the Notes; 
 (ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) expressly assumes all
the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 
 (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of Section 4.03(a); or 
  

 72 

 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company would be greater than the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and 
 (v) the Company shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 The Successor Company (if other than the Company) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Indenture, and the predecessor
Company, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all assets, will be released from all obligations with respect to this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv), (A) the Company may
consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and (B) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in
another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” with respect to all of the Notes occurs if: 
 (a) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 
 (b) the Company defaults in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional
redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (c) the Company fails to comply with its obligations
under Section 5.01; 
 (d) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with any of its obligations
under the covenants set forth in Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11, 4.12 or 4.14 (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes when required) and such failure continues for 30 days after the notice specified below;

 (e) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company fails to comply with any of its agreements in the Notes or this
Indenture (other than those referred to in (a), (b), (c), or (d) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice specified below; 
 (f) the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) within any applicable
grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a 

  

 73 

 
default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $15.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

 (g) the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to
insolvency; 
 (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its
property; or 
 (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant
Subsidiary; 
 or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or 
 (i) the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of
$15.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days following the
entry thereof. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is
voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 
 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term
“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 A Default
under clause (d) or (e) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the 

  

 74 

 
outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses
(d) or (e) above after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days
after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the
part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all
existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law
or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Company, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored
to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights
of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not 

  

 75 

 
inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its
sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the
offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give
the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. 
 (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive
Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the
Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the
amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of
claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants,
experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to
participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or 

  

 76 

 
applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any
Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount
due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the
following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07; 
 SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any
kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the Company or, to the
extent the Trustee collects any amount for or from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date
for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the
Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 
 SECTION
6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or
extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

 

 77 

 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
Person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
covenants, obligations, responsibilities or duties shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the
absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions
of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and
opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i)
this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for
any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02 or 6.05; and 
 (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in
the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 
 (d) Every provision of this Indenture
that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. 
 (f) Money held in trust by
the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

 78 

 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 SECTION 7.02. Rights of
Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 
 (e) The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of
any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
 (f) The
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document
unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters
as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Company
and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of making or not making such inquiry or investigation. 
 (g) The Trustee shall be under
no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent,
custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder and thereunder. 
  

 79 

 (i) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its
powers and duties hereunder. 
 (j) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as
a duty. 
 (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Incumbency Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or
titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Incumbency Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Incumbency Certificate, including a person as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not suspended. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or
any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However,
the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible
for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of
the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any
Default other than (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) or (b) or (ii) any Default of which a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in
accordance with Section 11.02 hereof from the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder. As used herein, actual knowledge means the actual fact or statement of knowing, without any duty to make any investigation with regard thereto. 
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each
Holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of,
premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after each August 1 beginning with the August 1 following
the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to September 1 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such August 1 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required
thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA. 
  

 80 

 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each
stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The
Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements or advances incurred or made
by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.
The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and its Related Persons against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses)
incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee against the Company or a Guarantor
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend
the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable shall pay the fees and
expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is
no conflict of interest between the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an
indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
 To secure the Company’s payment
obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

 The Company’s and any Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the termination,
satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law,
when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount 
  

 81 

 
of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 
 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
 (b) If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the
provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. 
 (c) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the
Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 (d) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the
retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. 
 (e) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of
10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at
least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (g) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its
corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes 

  

 82 

 
shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee,
and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture it is provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay
of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any indenture or indentures under which
other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any
creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect
(except as to surviving rights of registration or transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes and their obligations under this Indenture with respect to the Holders of the Notes:

 (i) when (1) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes pursuant to Section 2.08
which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation or (2) all of the Notes (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (c) if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for
redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with
the Trustee funds in respect of the Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from 

  

 83 

 
the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (ii) the Company or the Guarantors, if any have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 
 (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions
precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 (b) Subject to
Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture with respect to the Notes (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02,
4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11, 4.12 or 4.14 for the benefit of the Notes and the operation of Section 5.01(iv) and Sections 6.01(c) (only as it applies to Section 5.01(iv)), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) and 6.01(i) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) for the benefit of the Notes (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may exercise its
legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor, if any, under its
Guarantee of the Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 
 If the Company exercises its legal
defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(c) (only as it applies to Section 5.01(iv)), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) and 6.01(i) (with
respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(iv). Any exercise of the Company’s covenant defeasance option or legal defeasance option will not have any effect on the Notes
and their rights under this Indenture or on the obligations of the Company, and any Guarantors with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 7.08 and in
this Article 8 shall survive until all the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. (a) The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 (i) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee in respect of cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount 

  

 84 

 
sufficient or Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the
principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on the applicable Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date; 
 (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their
opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient
to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company occurs which is continuing at the end of the period; 
 (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does
not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; 
 (vi) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and
defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and
payable; 
 (vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (viii) the Company delivers to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.

  

 85 

 (b) Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3. 
 SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall
hold in trust money or Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with
this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased. 
 SECTION 8.04. Repayment to the
Company. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article 8 which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an
equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 
 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as
general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05.
Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such
Government Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government
Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any
Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to
apply all such money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its
obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
  

 86 

 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. The Company and the
Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder: 
 (i) to cure any ambiguity,
omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency; 
 (ii) to comply with Article 5; 
 (iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 
 (iv) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes; 
 (v) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
herein conferred upon the Company or any Guarantee; 
 (vi) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with
qualifying or maintaining the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (vii) to make any change that does not
adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 
 (viii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes,
which, except as otherwise provided herein, shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes; 
 (ix) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being
transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes; 
 (x) to secure the Notes; 
 (xi) to release any collateral, if any, from the lien of this Indenture if the Notes are secured after the Issue Date, or to release any Guarantor, if any, from its Guarantee pursuant to this Indenture when permitted
or required by this Indenture; or 
 (xii) in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make appropriate
amendments to this Indenture to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes; 
  

 87 

 provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and
an Officers’ Certificate, each reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01 and covering the matters set forth in Sections 11.04 and 11.05,
provided further, however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment
does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes. 
 After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders. (a) The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes with the
written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or
compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the
Notes); provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and each stating that such amendment or supplement complies
with the provisions of this Section 9.02 and covering the matters set forth in Sections 11.04 and 11.05. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not: 
 (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, 
 (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note, 
 (iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note, 
 (iv) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time when any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article
3, 
 (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note, 
 (vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or
after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, 
 (vii) make any change in Section 6.04, 6.07 or this Section 9.02(a), or 
 (viii) expressly subordinate the
Notes to any other Indebtedness of the Company. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  

 88 

 (b) After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the
Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02. 
 SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or
supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04.
Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee
receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate from the Company certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it
shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Company or the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to
effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Company and the Trustee. 
 (b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take
any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly
designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent
shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an
amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Company may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the
Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue
a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The
Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it.
In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall 

  

 89 

 
be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its
terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03) and covering the matters set forth in Sections 11.04 and 11.05 hereof. Such opinion shall not be an expense of the Trustee. 
 SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid
to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. Except as expressly provided in this Indenture, including under Section 9.02, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and
consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in
accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 [RESERVED] 
 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 11.01.
Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by
operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control. 
  

 90 

 SECTION 11.02. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall
be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 
  

					
		 		  	 if to the Company:
  
 c/o Metals USA, Inc.
 One Riverway
 Suite 1100
 Houston, Texas 77056
 Attention of: General
Counsel
 Facsimile: (713) 585-6421
  
 if to the Trustee:
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
 213 Court Street, Suite 703
 Middletown, CT 06457
 Attention of: Joseph P. O’Donnell
 Facsimile: (860) 704-6219

 The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 (b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the
Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 (c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is
duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received. 
 SECTION 11.03.
Communication by the Holders with Other Holders. The Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar
and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA. 
 SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  

 91 

 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate
or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with;
provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 11.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Guarantor
or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in
any such determination. 
 SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for
action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 11.08.
Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it
were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 11.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  

 92 

 SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others. No affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator
or holder of any equity interests in the Company or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes or this
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor, if any, under this Indenture or its
Guarantee. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 SECTION 11.11. Successors. All
agreements of the Company and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents;
Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or
restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 11.14. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the
Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 
 SECTION 11.15.
Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision
shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 11.16. Currency of Account;
Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions. (a) U.S. Dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company and the Guarantors, if any, under or in connection with the Notes, the Guarantees, if
any, and this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. Dollars by a Holder (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in
the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company or a Guarantor shall only constitute a discharge to the Company or any such Guarantor to the extent of the U.S. Dollar
amount, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it
is practicable to do so). If that U.S. Dollar amount is less than the U.S. Dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Notes, the Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as
a result as set forth in Section 11.16(b). In any event, the Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 11.16, it will be 

  

 93 

 
sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an
actual purchase of U.S. Dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been
practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). 
 (b) The Company and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees, if any, and this Indenture: 
 (1) (A) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to
convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the
judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine). 
 (B)
If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of
receipt of the amount due, the Company and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange
prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due. 
 (2) In the event of the
winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company and the
Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the foreign currency equivalent of the amount due or
contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For
the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable
law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto. 
 (c) The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 11.16 shall constitute separate and independent obligations
from the other obligations of the Company and any Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by
any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time 

  

 94 

 
and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any
Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the
Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not
be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution. 
 (d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in
subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable. 
  

 95 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first
written above. 
  

					
	METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Robert McPherson
		 	Name:	 	Robert McPherson
		 	Title:	 	CFO

 [Signature page to the Indenture] 
  

 S-1 

					
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Joseph P O’Donnell
		 	Name:	 	Joseph P O’Donnell
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 [Signature page to the Indenture] 
  

 S-2 

 APPENDIX A: Rule 144A/Regulation S/IAI: 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES, PIK NOTES, 
 PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES AND
EXCHANGE NOTES 
 1. Definitions 
 1.1 Definitions 
 For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated below: 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Temporary
Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted notes legend set forth in
Section 2.3(e). 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective
successors. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days
beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with
respect to such Notes. 
 “Exchange Notes” means (1) the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 issued
pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. For
purposes of this Appendix A only, the term “Exchange Notes” shall also include any PIK Notes issued as payment of interest on the foregoing. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”, as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act. 
 “Initial Notes” means (1) $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due
2012 issued on the Issue Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. For purposes of this Appendix A only, the term “Initial Notes” shall also include
any PIK Notes issued as payment of interest on the foregoing. 
 “Initial Purchaser” means (a) with respect to
the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, UBS Investment Bank and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional 

  

 1 

 
Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person
thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Private Exchange” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a
Registration Rights Agreement, to the Initial Purchaser to issue and deliver to each such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by each such Initial Purchaser as part of the initial distribution of such Initial Notes, a like
aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes. 
 “Private Exchange Notes” means any Notes issued in
connection with a Private Exchange. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued
on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2007, among the Company and the Initial Purchaser and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified
institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Company,
pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.

 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of
Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
means Notes that bear or are required to bear a legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
  

 2 

 1.2 Other Definitions 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
 Section:

	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes 
 2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Initial Notes will be offered and sold by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on
Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Initial Notes may
thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form
of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); Initial Notes initially resold to IAIs shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in
definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”); and Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global notes in fully registered form
(collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on
behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this
Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, a permanent global note
(the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”, and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after
the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note only upon certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee that (i) beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities
Act and (ii) in the case of an exchange for an 

  

 3 

 
IAI Global Note, certification that the interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited
investor” under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor acquiring the notes for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor. 
 Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes (after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period) or IAI Global
Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or the
IAI Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred to a Person (a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and
(c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions. 
 Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes (after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period) and Rule 144A Global Notes may be exchanged for an interest in IAI Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in
connection with a transfer of the Notes in compliance with an exemption under the Securities Act and (2) the transferor of the Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the trustee a written
certificate (substantially in the form of Exhibit 2) to the effect that (A) the Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred (a) to an “accredited investor” within the meaning of
501(a)(1),(2),(3) and (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional investor acquiring the notes for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the
notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and (B) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United
States and other jurisdictions. 
 Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written
certificate (in the form provided in this Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 
 The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note are
collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as
hereinafter provided. 
  

 4 

 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a
Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository. 
 The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance
with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be
delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the
custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes
whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization
furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial
interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 
 2.2 Authentication

 The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000
Notes, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture, (3) any PIK Notes issued as Definitive Notes or as new
Global Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and the Indenture and (4) Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights
Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such order shall specify
the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture, shall certify that such
issuance is in compliance with Section 4.03 of the Indenture. In addition, upon any increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to (i) request new Global Notes or (ii) increase the face
aggregate principal amount on the then authenticated Global Notes to give effect to any such increase. 
  

 5 

 2.3 Transfer and Exchange 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 
  

	 	(x)	to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

  

	 	(y)	to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, 

 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however,
that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 
 (ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable: 

(A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder,
without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 
 (B) if such Definitive Notes are being
transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect; or 
 (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred
(x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification
to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set
forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global
Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the
Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 
  

 6 

 (i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive
Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B) being transferred to an IAI or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note
in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note; and 
 (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records
with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)), IAI Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B) or Permanent Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer
pursuant to clause (b)(i)(C)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain
information regarding the Depository account to be credited with such increase, 
 then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct
the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or
Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a
beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes, IAI Global Notes or Permanent
Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Company, a new Rule 144A Global Note,
IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (c) Transfer
and Exchange of Global Notes. 
 (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be
effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall
deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar
shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the
beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. 
  

 7 

 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note
to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal
amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 
 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may
not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a
nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are
substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another
applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 
 (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or
transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent
Regulation S Global Note), or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States. 
 (e) Legends. 
 (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Notes offered
otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S, shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, 

  

 8 

 
SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE
MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR
RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER
JURISDICTIONS. 
 Each certificate evidencing a Note offered in reliance on Regulation S shall, in lieu of the foregoing, bear
a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legends: 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER
AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
 [OID Legend] 
 THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

  

 9 

 
PURPOSES. UPON REQUEST, THE COMPANY WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO A HOLDER OF THIS NOTE INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF OID, THE ISSUE
DATE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY, THE COMPARABLE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE PROJECTED PAYMENT SCHEDULE OF THIS NOTE. HOLDERS SHOULD CONTACT THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AT METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP., c/o METALS USA, INC. ONE RIVERWAY, SUITE 1100, HOUSTON,
TEXAS 77056. 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note
represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and
rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set
forth on the reverse of the Note). 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to and
during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note will
cease to apply, the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or an Initial Note or
Private Exchange Note in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated
Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. 
 (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with
respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case without the restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, will be available to Holders
that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with
respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial
Notes, and Private Exchange Notes in global form with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Private Exchange.

  

 10 

 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such
cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the
books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the
Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any
notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made
only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the
applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with
the express requirements hereof. 
 2.4 Certificated Notes 
 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1
shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with
Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such 

  

 11 

 
Global Note and the Depository fails to appoint a successor depositary or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency”
registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its sole
discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its principal corporate trust office, to be so transferred, in
whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any
portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depository
shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted notes legend and definitive note legend set
forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 
 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a
Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the
Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Company shall
promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Company expressly acknowledges, with respect to
the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.06 of this Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s
Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued. 
  

 12 

 EXHIBIT 1 to APPENDIX A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK,
NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE
REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER
OR SALE OF NOTES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]

 [Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered Otherwise than in Reliance on Regulation S] 
 THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 

  

 1 

 
903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144
THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND
(B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 
 [Restricted Notes
Legend for Notes Offered in Reliance on Regulation S.] 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY
EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 [Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend] 
 EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN
THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE COMPANY,
(II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH
(III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL 

  

 2 

 
NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. 
 AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR
INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN
CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
144A, (B) TO A PERSON WHO IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES
OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 
 AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS
TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) THE
TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 
 BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE
EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM 

  

 3 

 
ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

 [Definitive Notes Legend] 
 IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 [OID Legend] 
 THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. UPON REQUEST, THE COMPANY WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO A HOLDER OF THIS NOTE INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF OID, THE ISSUE DATE, THE
YIELD TO MATURITY, THE COMPARABLE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE PROJECTED PAYMENT SCHEDULE OF THIS NOTE. HOLDERS SHOULD CONTACT THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AT METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP., c/o METALS USA, INC. ONE RIVERWAY, SUITE 1100, HOUSTON, TEXAS
77056. 
  

 4 

 METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. 
 Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 
  

			
		  	CUSIP No. [        ]
		  	ISIN No. [        ]
	 No. [        ]
	  	$ [        ]

 METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to
[        ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [        ] Dollars ($[        ]) on July 1, 2012. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 
 Record Dates: December 15, March 15, June 15 and September 15. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
 Dated: 
 SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS 
  

 5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated: 
  

							
		 	METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.
			
		 	by	 	 
		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	

			
	
	  
 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
	
	as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	by	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 6 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 
 [PIK]1 
  

	1.	Interest 

 Metals USA Holdings Corp., a Delaware
corporation (such Person, and its respective successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum set
forth below; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional
0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default
shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured and, if practicable, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of a Registration Default promptly and shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the cure of such Registration Default promptly following the occurrence thereof. 
 In connection with the payment of PIK Interest
(as defined below) in respect of the Notes, the Company shall be entitled to, without the consent of the Holders thereof (and without regard to any restrictions or limitation set forth in Section 4.03 of the Indenture), (i) increase the
outstanding principal amount of the then authenticated Global Notes, (ii) issue new Global Notes or (iii) issue additional Notes (in the case of each of clause (ii) and (iii), the “PIK Notes”) under the Indenture on the same
terms and conditions as the Initial Notes (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). Subject to the issuance of PIK Notes, the Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples
of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, but in certain circumstances the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
 Interest on the Notes will be payable quarterly in arrears on
January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, commencing on October 1, 2007. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and
including the Issue Date. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this Note plus 1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

	 1
	 Only include on certificated PIK Notes. 

  

 7 

 Interest for the first four interest periods will be paid in cash. For any Interest Period after the
initial four Interest Periods, the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes (1) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing
additional PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”) or (3) on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by
issuing new Notes (“Partial PIK Interest”); PIK Interest and Partial PIK Interest are each referred to herein as the “PIK Payment.” 
 The Company must elect the form of payment of interest (including additional interest, if any) with respect to each Interest Period by delivering a notice to the Trustee not later than the beginning of each Interest
Period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the holders. In the absence of such an election for any Interest Period, interest on the Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous Interest Period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Notes as described under Section 3.05 of the Indenture or offers to purchase under Sections 4.06, 4.08 or Section 4.14 of this
Indenture shall be made solely in Cash Interest. 
 Cash Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to
LIBOR plus the Spread, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee, and be payable in cash. PIK Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to
LIBOR plus 0.75% plus the Spread, as determined by the Calculation Agent, and be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or
its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with
respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the
Trustee will, at the request of the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. In the event that the
Company elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any Interest Period, each holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date and PIK Interest in
respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such
increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to
a PIK Payment will mature on July 1, 2012 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK
Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note. 
  

 8 

 The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest
Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated
by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period. 
 Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the
nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g. 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar amounts used resulting from such
calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards). 
 The interest rate on the Notes will in no
event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application. 
 The Calculation Agent will, upon request of the holder of any Note, provide the interest rate then in effect with respect to the Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for
all purposes and binding on the Company and the holders of the Notes. 
 Definitions: 
 “Determination Date”, with respect to an Interest Period, will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period.

 “Interest Period”, means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day
immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include September 30, 2007. 
 “LIBOR”, with respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a
three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate
or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation
(expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars for a three-month period
beginning on the second London Banking Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation
Agent 

  

 9 

 
will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage
per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after
the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, then the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then the rate for the Interest Period will be the rate
in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period. 
 “London Banking Day”, is any day in which dealings in
United States dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market. 
 “Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1.0 million for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time. 
 “Spread” means 6.00%, plus for each Interest Period commencing (1) on or after the first anniversary of the Issue Date and prior to the
second anniversary of the Issue Date, 0.25% and (2) on or after the second anniversary of the Issue Date and prior to the third anniversary of the Issue Date, 0.50% and (3) on or after the third anniversary of the Issue Date, 0.75%

 “Telerate Page 3750”, means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such
other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service). 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Company will pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the December 15, March 15, June 15 and September 15 next preceding the interest payment date even if
Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the Depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided,
however, that payments on a certificated Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the
Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

 10 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of July 10, 2007 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are
referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments;
engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to secure indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all
of its assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications contained in the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On and after January 15,
2008, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the
following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on January 15th of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2008
	  	102.000	%
	 2009
	  	101.000	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  

 11 

	6.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but
only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before
the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	7.	Offers to Purchase 

 The Indenture provides that
upon the occurrence of (i) a Change of Control, (ii) an Asset Sale and (iii) a Qualified Equity Issuance, subject in each case to further limitations and exceptions contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase
outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture unless, with respect to clauses (i) and (iii) only, the Company has given notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.05 of the Indenture with respect to
all of the Notes. 
  

	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000, except that PIK Notes may be issued in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and
increases in principal amount of Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment may be made in integral multiples of $1.00 (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar). A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar
may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes
selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest
payment date. 
  

	9.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of
this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	10.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such 

  

 12 

 
payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	11.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain
conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of their and the Guarantors’ (if any) obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or, in
certain cases, U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	12.	Amendment, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions
set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without
notice to or consent of any Holder to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided,
however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to add Guarantees
with respect to the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor, to comply with any requirement of
the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder, to make certain changes to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or
Additional Notes, to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes, to secure the Notes, to release any collateral, if any, from the lien of the Indenture if the Notes are secured after the
Issue Date or to release any Guarantor, if any, from its Guarantee pursuant to the Indenture when permitted or required by the Indenture or, in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form to make appropriate amendments to the Indenture
to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes or; provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in
Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes. 
  

 13 

	13.	Defaults and Remedies 

 Under the Indenture, Events
of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes; (b) default in payment of principal on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon acceleration or otherwise,
or failure by the Company to redeem or purchase Notes when required; (c) failure by the Company to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations
(including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $15.0 million;
(e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA and the Significant Subsidiaries; and (f) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $15.0 million. If
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. Certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default. 
 Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory
to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default
in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders. 
  

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its
Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No affiliate, director,
officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Company or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors
under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor, if any, under the
Indenture or its Guarantee. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

 14 

	16.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until
an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used
in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift
to Minors Act). 
  

	18.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant to a recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement 

 Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company to
the extent provided therein. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written
request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 
 Metals USA Holdings Corp. 
 c/o Metals USA, Inc. 
 One Riverway, Suite 1100 
 Houston, Texas 77506 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 15 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                    agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

			
	 Date:_______________
	  	Your Signature:_____________________________

 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under
the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being
transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

	 ̈	to the Company; or 

  

	 	(1)       ̈	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(2)       ̈	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the
account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

  

	 	(3)       ̈	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933;
or 

  

	 	(4)       ̈	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

 1 

	 	(5)     ̈	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements. 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the
Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering
any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

	
	
	  
	Signature
	
	Signature Guarantee:

  

					
			
	  	 		 	  
	Signature must be guaranteed	 		 	Signature

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 2 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
					
	Dated:	 	  	 		 	  	 	  
		 		 		 	Notice:	 	 To be executed by
 an executive
officer

  
  

 3 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 
 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE OR 
 INCREASE/DECREASE IN THE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or
exchanges of a part of another Global Note for an interest in this Global Note, or increase/decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange or Increase/
Decrease
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or Notes
Custodian

  

 4 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06, 4.08 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box: 

 ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06, 4.08 or 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount in principal amount: $________________ 
  

									
					
	Dated:	 	  	 	    Your Signature:	 	  	 	  
		 		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the other side of
this Note.)

  

			
	
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 5 

 EXHIBIT A 
 FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE 
 OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE
NOTE*/**/ 
  
  
  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL
NOTES] - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”. 

  

	**/	If the Note is a Private Exchange Note issued in a Private Exchange to an Initial Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment, add the Restricted Notes Legend from
Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and replace the Assignment Form included in this Exhibit A with the Assignment Form included in such Exhibit 1. 

  

 1 

 METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. 
 Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 
  

			
		  	CUSIP No. [        ]
		  	ISIN No. [        ]
	 No. [        ]
	  	$ [        ]

 METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to
[        ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [        ] Dollars ($[        ]) on July 1, 2012. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. 
 Record Dates: December 15, March 15, June 15 and September 15. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
 Dated: 
 SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS 
  

 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated: 
  

					
	METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.
		
	by	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF         AUTHENTICATION
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
	
	as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	by	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE 
 OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 
 [PIK]1 
  

	1.	Interest 

 Metals USA Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (such Person, and its respective successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum set forth below[; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this
Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%)
from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured and, if practicable, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of a
Registration Default promptly and shall notify the Trustee in writing of the cure of such Registration Default promptly following the occurrence thereof.]2. 
 In connection with the payment of PIK Interest (as defined below) in respect of the Notes, the Company shall be entitled
to, without the consent of the Holders thereof (and without regard to any restrictions or limitation set forth in Section 4.03 of the Indenture), (i) increase the outstanding principal amount of the then authenticated Global Notes,
(ii) issue new Global Notes or (iii) issue additional Notes (in the case of each of clause (ii) and (iii), the “PIK Notes”) under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes (in each case, a “PIK
Payment”). Subject to the issuance of PIK Notes, the Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. No service charge will be made for
any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, but in certain circumstances the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
 Interest on the Notes will be payable quarterly in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, commencing on
October 1, 2007. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, 

	 1
	 Only include on certificated PIK Notes. 

  

	 2
	 Insert if at the date of issuance of the Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes
(as the case may be) any Registration Default has occurred with respect to the related Initial Notes during the interest period in which such date of issuance occurs. 

  

 1 

 from and including the Issue Date. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this Note plus
1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Interest for the
first four interest periods will be paid in cash. For any Interest Period after the initial four Interest Periods, the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes (1) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”),
(2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing additional PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”) or (3) on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing new Notes (“Partial PIK Interest”); PIK Interest and Partial PIK Interest are each referred to herein as the “PIK Payment.”

 The Company must elect the form of payment of interest (including additional interest, if any) with respect to each Interest Period by
delivering a notice to the Trustee not later than the beginning of each Interest Period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the holders. In the absence of such an election for any Interest Period, interest on the Notes
shall be payable according to the election for the previous Interest Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Notes as described under Section 3.05 of the Indenture
or offers to purchase under Sections 4.06, 4.08 or Section 4.14 of this Indenture shall be made solely in Cash Interest. 
 Cash
Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus the Spread, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee, and be payable in cash. PIK
Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 0.75% plus the Spread, as determined by the Calculation Agent, and be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more global notes
registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for
the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK
Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the
relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. In the event that the Company elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any Interest Period, each holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of 50% of the
principal amount of the Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date and PIK Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of
the outstanding global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable
interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on July 1, 2012 and will be governed by, and 

  

 2 

 
subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any
certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note. 
 The amount of interest for each
day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes. The amount of interest to be
paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period. 
 Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 All percentages
resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g. 9.876545% (or .09876545) being
rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar amounts used resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards). 
 The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States
law of general application. 
 The Calculation Agent will, upon request of the holder of any Note, provide the interest rate then in effect
with respect to the Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the holders of the Notes. 
 Definitions: 
 “Determination
Date,” with respect to an Interest Period, will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period. 
 “Interest Period,” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first
Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include September 30, 2007. 
 “LIBOR,” with
respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date that appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each
of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination
Date, to prime banks in the London 

  

 3 

 
interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Date. If at least
two such offered quotations are so provided the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York
City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in U.S.
dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, then the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such
rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then the rate for the Interest Period will be the rate in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period. 
 “London Banking Day,” is any day in which dealings in United States dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to
be transacted in the London interbank market. 
 “Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than
U.S. $1.0 million for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time. 
 “Spread” means 6.00%, plus for
each Interest Period commencing (1) on or after the first anniversary of the Issue Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date, 0.25% and (2) on or after the second anniversary of the Issue Date and prior to the third
anniversary of the Issue Date, 0.50% and (3) on or after the third anniversary of the Issue Date, 0.75% “Telerate Page 3750”, means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such
other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service). 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Company will pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the December 15, March 15, June 15 and September 15 next preceding the interest payment date even if
Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the Depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided,
however, that payments on a certificated Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the
Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 

  

 4 

 
30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of July 10, 2007 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are
referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments;
engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to secure indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all
of its assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications contained in the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On and after January 15,
2008, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the
following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on January 15th of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2008
	  	102.000	%
	 2009
	  	101.000	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  

 5 

	6.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but
only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before
the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	7.	Offers to Purchase 

 The Indenture provides that
upon the occurrence of (i) a Change of Control, (ii) an Asset Sale and (iii) a Qualified Equity Issuance, subject in each case to further limitations and exceptions contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase
outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture unless, with respect to clauses (i) and (iii) only, the Company has given notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.05 of the Indenture with respect to
all of the Notes. 
  

	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000, except that PIK Notes may be issued in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and
increases in principal amount of Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment may be made in integral multiples of $1.00 (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar). A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar
may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes
selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest
payment date. 
  

	9.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of
this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	10.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such 

  

 6 

 
payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	11.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain
conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of their and the Guarantors’ (if any) obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or, in
certain cases, U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	12.	Amendment, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions
set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without
notice to or consent of any Holder to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided,
however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to add Guarantees
with respect to the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor, to comply with any requirement of
the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder, to make certain changes to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or
Additional Notes, to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes, to secure the Notes, to release any collateral, if any, from the lien of the Indenture if the Notes are secured after the
Issue Date or to release any Guarantor, if any, from its Guarantee pursuant to the Indenture when permitted or required by the Indenture or, in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form to make appropriate amendments to the Indenture
to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes or; provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in
Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes. 
  

 7 

	13.	Defaults and Remedies 

 Under the Indenture, Events
of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes; (b) default in payment of principal on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon acceleration or otherwise,
or failure by the Company to redeem or purchase Notes when required; (c) failure by the Company to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations
(including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA or any Significant Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $15.0 million;
(e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA and the Significant Subsidiaries; and (f) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $15.0 million. If
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. Certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default. 
 Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory
to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default
in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders. 
  

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its
Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No affiliate, director,
officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Company or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors
under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor, if any, under the
Indenture or its Guarantee. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

 8 

	16.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until
an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used
in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift
to Minors Act). 
  

	18.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant to a recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	[Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement 

 Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.]3 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written
request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 
 Metals USA Holdings Corp. 
 c/o Metals USA, Inc. 
 One Riverway, Suite 1100 
 Houston, Texas 77506 
 Attention: General Counsel 

	 3
	 Delete if this Note is not being issued in exchange for an Initial Note. 

  

 9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably
appoint                    agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:                      Your
Signature:                                      
       
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
  

 1 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06, 4.08 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box:

  ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06, 4.08 or 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount in principal amount: $                     
  

									
					
	Dated:	 	 	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 2 

 EXHIBIT 2 to Rule 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX 
 Form of 
 Transferee Letter of Representation 
 Metals USA Holdings Corp. 
 c/o Metals USA, Inc. 
 One Riverway, Suite 1100 
 Houston, Texas 77506 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[            ] principal amount of
the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 (the “Notes”) of Metals USA Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
 Name:                                     
                                    
 Address:                                     
                                
 Taxpayer ID Number:                                 
                
 The undersigned represents and warrants to
you that: 
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring
the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks
of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase notes similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in
the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original
issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Company, (ii) in the United States
to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, 

  

 1 

 
(iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act
that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a
transaction complying with the provisions of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if available) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi) subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control
and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to
clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things,
that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for
distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to
clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. 
 TRANSFEREE:                                    ,

 by:
                                        
     
  

 2 

 APPENDIX B 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE 
 DELIVERED BY
ANY FUTURE GUARANTORS]1 
 SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [            ] among [            ] (the “Guarantor”),
a [            ] [corporation] and a [direct][indirect] subsidiary of Metals USA Holdings Corp. (or its permitted successor) (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H : 
 WHEREAS the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as supplemented and amended from time to time, the
“Indenture”; capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture), dated as of July 10, 2007, providing for the issuance of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes Due 2012 (the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company will cause the
Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a guaranty agreement pursuant to which the Guarantor will Guarantee payment of the Notes; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(iv) of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Guarantees. (a) The Guarantor hereby jointly and
severally with all other Guarantors, if any, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety on a senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and
punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company (including obligations to the Trustee) under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes, and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company
whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under the Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations
may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent 

	 1
	 If necessary, include further provisions in this Supplemental Indenture necessary
to give effect to the addition of Events of Default, defeasance and other sections of the Indenture consistent with the treatment of the Guarantees in the Metals USA Indenture. 

  

 1 

 from any other guarantor, and that the Guarantor shall remain bound under this Supplemental Indenture notwithstanding any
extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 (b) The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the
Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected
by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension
or renewal of the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the failure of any Holder or
the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) any change in the ownership of the Guarantor, except as provided in Section 2(b). 
 (c) Subject to Section 2(a), the Guarantor waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the
guarantors, such that the Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. The Guarantor waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company or any other guarantor first be used and depleted as
payment of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by the Guarantor hereunder. The Guarantor waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be sued
prior to an action being initiated against the Guarantor. 
 (d) The Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a
guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 (e) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 of the Indenture, Section 2 hereof and Section 6 hereof, the obligations of
the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein
shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any
thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of
the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 (f) Except as expressly set forth
in Sections 8.01 of the Indenture and Section 2 hereof, the Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 of the
Indenture and Section 2 hereof, the Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall 

  

 2 

 
continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed
Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise. 
 (g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the
principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, the Guarantor hereby
promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of
such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company then due to the Holders and the
Trustee in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 (h) The Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other
hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Guaranteed Obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 1. 
 (i) The
Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 1. 
 (j) Upon request of the Trustee, the Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary
or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of the Indenture. 
 SECTION 2. Limitation on Liability (a) Any term or
provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by the Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby
guaranteed without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) A Guarantee as to any Restricted Subsidiary shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be
automatically released from all obligations under this Supplemental Indenture upon: 
  

 3 

 (i) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation)
of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the Guarantor if such sale, disposition or other
transfer is made in compliance with the Indenture, in each case other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (ii) the Company designating the Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” thereof;

 (iii) the release or discharge of all guarantees by such Restricted Subsidiary and the repayment of all Indebtedness and
retirement of all Disqualified Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary which, if Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary, would require such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes under Section 4.11 of the Indenture; or 
 (iv) the Company’s exercise of the Company’s legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with
Section 8.01 of the Indenture or if the obligations of the Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 SECTION 3. Successors and Assigns. This Supplemental Indenture shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure
to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Supplemental Indenture
and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 SECTION 4. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Supplemental Indenture shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not
exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Supplemental Indenture at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
 SECTION 5. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, nor the consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless
the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Guarantor in any case shall entitle the
Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 
 SECTION 6. Execution of Supplemental
Indenture for Future Guarantors. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall 

  

 4 

 
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity,
whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of the Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the
Trustee may reasonably request. 
 SECTION 7. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as
expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all
purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 SECTION 8. Governing
Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 SECTION 9.
Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 SECTION 10. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 SECTION 11. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction of this Supplemental
Indenture. 
  

 5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

					
	METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.,
		
	by	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	[GUARANTOR]
		
	by	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., AS TRUSTEE
		
	by	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  

 6

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00129-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00129-of-00352.parquet"}]]